?  search:
summary | log | graphiclog1 | graphiclog2 | commit | commitdiff | tree | refs | edit | fork
blame | history | raw | HEAD
Fix ":set go+=c" and menu autoenabling bugs.
[MacVim/jjgod.git] / src / edit.c
blob2cdf532dddba10f266b8a210b44184a180d6c193
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10 /*
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
12 */
13
14 #include "vim.h"
15
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
17 /*
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
19 */
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
21
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
37
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
39
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
41 {
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
44 NULL,
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
50 NULL,
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
58 };
59
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
61
62 /*
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
64 */
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
66 struct compl_S
67 {
68 compl_T *cp_next;
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
77 };
78
79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
80 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
81
82 /*
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
87 * ins_compl_get_exp().
88 */
89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
92
93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
96
97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
98 * are used. */
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
100
101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
102 in compl_leader */
103
104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
105 FALSE the match was edited or using
106 the longest common string. */
107
108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding
109 completions. */
110
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */
112
113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
115 static int compl_started = FALSE;
116
117 static int compl_matches = 0;
118 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
119 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
120 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
121 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
122 static pos_T compl_startpos;
123 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
124 * that is being completed */
125 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
126 * completion started */
127 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
128 static expand_T compl_xp;
129
130 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
131 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
132 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup));
133 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
134 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
135 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
136 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
137 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
138 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
139 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
140 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
141 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
142 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
143 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
144 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
145 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
146 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
147 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void));
148 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
149 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void));
150 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
151 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
152 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
153 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
154 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
155 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list));
156 #endif
157 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
158 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
159 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
160 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
161 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
162 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
163 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
164 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
165 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
166 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
167 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
168
169 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
170 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
171 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
172 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
173
174 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
175 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
176 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
177 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
178 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
179 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
180 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
181 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
182 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
183 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
184 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
185 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
186 #endif
187 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
188 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
189 #if 0
190 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
191 #endif
192 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
193 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
194 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
195 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
196 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
197 #endif
198 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
199 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
200 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
201 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
202 #endif
203 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
204 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
205 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
206 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
207 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
208 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
209 #endif
210 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
211 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
212 #endif
213 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
214 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
215 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
216 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
217 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
218 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
219 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
220 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
221 #endif
222 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
223 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
224 #endif
225 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
226 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
227 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
228 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
229 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
230 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
231 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
232 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
233 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
234 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
235 #ifdef FEAT_DND
236 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
237 #endif
238 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
239 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
240 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
241 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
242 #endif
243 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
244 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
245 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
246 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
247 #endif
248 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
249
250 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
251 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
252
253 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
254 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
255 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
256 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
257 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
258
259 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
260 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
261 #endif
262
263 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
264
265 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
266 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
267 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
268 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
269 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
270 #endif
271
272 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
273 char. Set when edit() is called.
274 after that arrow_used is used. */
275
276 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
277 under the cursor */
278
279 /*
280 * edit(): Start inserting text.
281 *
282 * "cmdchar" can be:
283 * 'i' normal insert command
284 * 'a' normal append command
285 * 'R' replace command
286 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
287 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
288 * 'g' "gI" command.
289 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
290 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
291 *
292 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
293 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
294 *
295 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
296 */
297 int
298 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
299 int cmdchar;
300 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
301 long count;
302 {
303 int c = 0;
304 char_u *ptr;
305 int lastc;
306 colnr_T mincol;
307 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
308 int i;
309 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
310 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
311 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
312 #endif
313 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
314 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
315 int old_topfill = -1;
316 #endif
317 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
318 int replaceState = REPLACE;
319 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
320
321 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
322 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
323
324 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
325 * error message */
326 check_for_delay(TRUE);
327
328 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
329 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
330 if (sandbox != 0)
331 {
332 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
333 return FALSE;
334 }
335 #endif
336 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
337 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
338 if (textlock != 0)
339 {
340 EMSG(_(e_secure));
341 return FALSE;
342 }
343
344 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
345 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */
346 if (compl_started || pum_visible())
347 {
348 EMSG(_(e_secure));
349 return FALSE;
350 }
351 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
352 #endif
353
354 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
355 /*
356 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
357 */
358 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
359 {
360 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
361 if (cmdchar == 'R')
362 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
363 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
364 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
365 else
366 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
367 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
368 # endif
369 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
370 }
371 #endif
372
373 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
374 /*
375 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
376 * where the paste started.
377 */
378 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
379 Insstart = where_paste_started;
380 else
381 #endif
382 {
383 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
384 if (startln)
385 Insstart.col = 0;
386 }
387 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
388 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
389 if (!did_ai)
390 ai_col = 0;
391
392 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
393 {
394 ResetRedobuff();
395 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
396 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
397 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
398 {
399 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
400 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
401 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
402 }
403 else
404 #endif
405 {
406 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
407 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
408 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
409 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
410 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
411 }
412 }
413
414 if (cmdchar == 'R')
415 {
416 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
417 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
418 {
419 beep_flush();
420 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
421 State = INSERT;
422 }
423 else
424 #endif
425 State = REPLACE;
426 }
427 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
428 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
429 {
430 State = VREPLACE;
431 replaceState = VREPLACE;
432 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
433 vr_lines_changed = 1;
434 }
435 #endif
436 else
437 State = INSERT;
438
439 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
440
441 /*
442 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
443 * on a TAB or special character.
444 */
445 curs_columns(TRUE);
446
447 /*
448 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
449 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
450 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
451 * when hitting <Esc>.
452 */
453 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
454 State |= LANGMAP;
455 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
456 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
457 #endif
458
459 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
460 setmouse();
461 #endif
462 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
463 clear_showcmd();
464 #endif
465 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
466 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
467 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
468 if (revins_on)
469 undisplay_dollar();
470 revins_chars = 0;
471 revins_legal = 0;
472 revins_scol = -1;
473 #endif
474
475 /*
476 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
477 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
478 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
479 */
480 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
481 {
482 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
483 /*
484 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
485 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
486 */
487 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
488 arrow_used = FALSE;
489 else
490 #endif
491 arrow_used = TRUE;
492 restart_edit = 0;
493
494 /*
495 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
496 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
497 * correct in very rare cases).
498 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
499 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
500 */
501 validate_virtcol();
502 update_curswant();
503 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
504 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
505 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
506 {
507 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
508 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
509 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
510 else if (has_mbyte)
511 {
512 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
513 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
514 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
515 }
516 #endif
517 }
518 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
519 }
520 else
521 arrow_used = FALSE;
522
523 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
524 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
525
526 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
527 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
528
529 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
530 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
531 #endif
532 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
533 can_cindent = TRUE;
534 #endif
535 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
536 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
537 * restarting. */
538 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
539 foldOpenCursor();
540 #endif
541
542 /*
543 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
544 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
545 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
546 */
547 i = 0;
548 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
549 i = showmode();
550
551 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
552 change_warning(i + 1);
553
554 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
555 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
556 #endif
557 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
558 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
559 #endif
560
561 /*
562 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
563 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
564 */
565 ptr = get_inserted();
566 if (ptr == NULL)
567 new_insert_skip = 0;
568 else
569 {
570 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
571 vim_free(ptr);
572 }
573
574 old_indent = 0;
575
576 /*
577 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
578 */
579 for (;;)
580 {
581 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
582 if (!revins_legal)
583 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
584 else
585 revins_legal = 0;
586 #endif
587 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
588 count = 0;
589
590 if (stop_insert_mode)
591 {
592 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
593 count = 0;
594 goto doESCkey;
595 }
596
597 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
598 if (!arrow_used)
599 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
600
601 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
602 * menu invoked a shell command). */
603 if (stuff_empty())
604 {
605 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
606 if (need_check_timestamps)
607 check_timestamps(FALSE);
608 }
609
610 /*
611 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
612 */
613 msg_scroll = FALSE;
614
615 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
616 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
617 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
618 * autocommand. */
619 if (need_mouse_correct)
620 gui_mouse_correct();
621 #endif
622
623 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
624 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
625 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
626 foldOpenCursor();
627 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
628 if (!char_avail())
629 foldCheckClose();
630 #endif
631
632 /*
633 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
634 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
635 * redraw.
636 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
637 * something.
638 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
639 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
640 */
641 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
642 && curwin->w_p_wrap
643 && !did_backspace
644 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
645 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
646 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
647 #endif
648 )
649 {
650 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
651 validate_cursor_col();
652
653 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
654 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
655 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
656 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
657 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
658 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
659 #endif
660 ))
661 {
662 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
663 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
664 --curwin->w_topfill;
665 else
666 #endif
667 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
668 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
669 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
670 else
671 #endif
672 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
673 }
674 }
675
676 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
677 update_topline();
678
679 did_backspace = FALSE;
680
681 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
682
683 /*
684 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
685 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
686 */
687 ins_redraw(TRUE);
688
689 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
690 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
691 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
692 #endif
693
694 update_curswant();
695 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
696 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
697 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
698 #endif
699
700 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
701 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
702 #endif
703
704 /*
705 * Get a character for Insert mode.
706 */
707 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
708 c = safe_vgetc();
709
710 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
711 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */
712 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
713 #endif
714
715 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
716 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
717 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
718 #endif
719 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
720 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
721 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
722 #endif
723
724 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
725 /*
726 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
727 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is
728 * a match, skip this when no matches were found.
729 */
730 if (compl_started
731 && pum_wanted()
732 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
733 && (compl_shown_match == NULL
734 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next))
735 {
736 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
737 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
738 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
739 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
740 continue;
741
742 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
743 if (!compl_used_match)
744 {
745 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
746 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and
747 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
748 if (c == Ctrl_L
749 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
750 || STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
751 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
752 {
753 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
754 continue;
755 }
756
757 /* A printable, non-white character: Add to "compl_leader". */
758 if (vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c))
759 {
760 ins_compl_addleader(c);
761 continue;
762 }
763
764 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When
765 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
766 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
767 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
768 {
769 ins_compl_delete();
770 ins_compl_insert();
771 }
772 }
773 }
774
775 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
776 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
777 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
778 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
779 continue;
780 #endif
781
782 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
783 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
784 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
785 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
786 {
787 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
788 ins_redraw(FALSE);
789 ++no_mapping;
790 ++allow_keys;
791 c = plain_vgetc();
792 --no_mapping;
793 --allow_keys;
794 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
795 {
796 /* it's something else */
797 vungetc(c);
798 c = Ctrl_BSL;
799 }
800 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
801 continue;
802 else
803 {
804 if (c == Ctrl_O)
805 {
806 ins_ctrl_o();
807 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
808 nomove = TRUE;
809 }
810 count = 0;
811 goto doESCkey;
812 }
813 }
814
815 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
816 c = do_digraph(c);
817 #endif
818
819 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
820 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
821 goto docomplete;
822 #endif
823 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
824 {
825 ins_ctrl_v();
826 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
827 continue;
828 }
829
830 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
831 if (cindent_on()
832 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
833 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
834 # endif
835 )
836 {
837 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
838 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
839 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
840 * done before inserting the key. */
841 line_is_white = inindent(0);
842 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
843 goto force_cindent;
844 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
845 && stop_arrow() == OK)
846 do_c_expr_indent();
847 }
848 #endif
849
850 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
851 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
852 switch (c)
853 {
854 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
855 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
856 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
857 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
858 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
859 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
860 }
861 #endif
862
863 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
864 /*
865 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
866 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
867 * characters.
868 */
869 if (ins_start_select(c))
870 continue;
871 #endif
872
873 /*
874 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
875 */
876 switch (c)
877 {
878 case ESC: /* End input mode */
879 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
880 break;
881 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
882
883 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
884 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
885 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
886 {
887 /* Close the cmdline window. */
888 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
889 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
890 nomove = TRUE;
891 goto doESCkey;
892 }
893 #endif
894
895 #ifdef UNIX
896 do_intr:
897 #endif
898 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
899 * Insert mode */
900 if (goto_im())
901 {
902 if (got_int)
903 {
904 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
905 got_int = FALSE;
906 }
907 else
908 vim_beep();
909 break;
910 }
911 doESCkey:
912 /*
913 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
914 */
915 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
916 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
917 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
918 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
919
920 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
921 {
922 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
923 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
924 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
925 FALSE, curbuf);
926 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
927 #endif
928 return (c == Ctrl_O);
929 }
930 continue;
931
932 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
933 if (!p_im)
934 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
935 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
936 c = Ctrl_O;
937 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
938
939 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
940 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
941 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
942 goto docomplete;
943 #endif
944 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
945 break;
946 ins_ctrl_o();
947
948 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
949 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */
950 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE)
951 {
952 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
953 nomove = TRUE;
954 }
955 #endif
956 count = 0;
957 goto doESCkey;
958
959 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
960 case K_KINS:
961 ins_insert(replaceState);
962 break;
963
964 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
965 break;
966
967 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
968 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
969 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
970 goto doESCkey;
971 #endif
972
973 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
974 case K_F1:
975 case K_XF1:
976 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
977 if (p_im)
978 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
979 goto doESCkey;
980
981 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
982 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
983 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
984 i = plain_vgetc();
985 --no_mapping;
986 netbeans_keycommand(i);
987 break;
988 #endif
989
990 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
991 case NUL:
992 case Ctrl_A:
993 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
994 * error. */
995 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
996 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
997 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
998 inserted_space = FALSE;
999 break;
1000
1001 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
1002 ins_reg();
1003 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1004 inserted_space = FALSE;
1005 break;
1006
1007 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
1008 ins_ctrl_g();
1009 break;
1010
1011 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
1012 ins_ctrl_hat();
1013 break;
1014
1015 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1016 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
1017 if (!p_ari)
1018 goto normalchar;
1019 ins_ctrl_();
1020 break;
1021 #endif
1022
1023 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
1024 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1025 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
1026 goto docomplete;
1027 #endif
1028 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1029
1030 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
1031 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1032 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
1033 {
1034 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
1035 goto docomplete;
1036 break;
1037 }
1038 # endif
1039 ins_shift(c, lastc);
1040 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1041 inserted_space = FALSE;
1042 break;
1043
1044 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
1045 case K_KDEL:
1046 ins_del();
1047 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1048 break;
1049
1050 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
1051 case Ctrl_H:
1052 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
1053 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1054 break;
1055
1056 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
1057 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
1058 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1059 break;
1060
1061 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
1062 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1063 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
1064 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
1065 goto docomplete;
1066 # endif
1067 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
1068 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1069 inserted_space = FALSE;
1070 break;
1071
1072 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
1073 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
1074 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
1075 case K_LEFTDRAG:
1076 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
1077 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
1078 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
1079 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
1080 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
1081 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
1082 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
1083 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
1084 case K_X1MOUSE:
1085 case K_X1DRAG:
1086 case K_X1RELEASE:
1087 case K_X2MOUSE:
1088 case K_X2DRAG:
1089 case K_X2RELEASE:
1090 ins_mouse(c);
1091 break;
1092
1093 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
1094 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
1095 break;
1096
1097 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
1098 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
1099 break;
1100 #endif
1101 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
1102 case K_TABLINE:
1103 case K_TABMENU:
1104 ins_tabline(c);
1105 break;
1106 #endif
1107
1108 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
1109 break;
1110
1111 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1112 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
1113 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1114 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
1115 break;
1116 #endif
1117
1118 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
1119 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
1120 * cancelled. */
1121 case K_F4:
1122 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
1123 goto normalchar;
1124 break;
1125 #endif
1126
1127 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
1128 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
1129 ins_scroll();
1130 break;
1131
1132 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
1133 ins_horscroll();
1134 break;
1135 #endif
1136
1137 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
1138 case K_KHOME:
1139 case K_S_HOME:
1140 case K_C_HOME:
1141 ins_home(c);
1142 break;
1143
1144 case K_END: /* <End> */
1145 case K_KEND:
1146 case K_S_END:
1147 case K_C_END:
1148 ins_end(c);
1149 break;
1150
1151 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
1152 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1153 ins_s_left();
1154 else
1155 ins_left();
1156 break;
1157
1158 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
1159 case K_C_LEFT:
1160 ins_s_left();
1161 break;
1162
1163 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
1164 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1165 ins_s_right();
1166 else
1167 ins_right();
1168 break;
1169
1170 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
1171 case K_C_RIGHT:
1172 ins_s_right();
1173 break;
1174
1175 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
1176 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1177 if (pum_visible())
1178 goto docomplete;
1179 #endif
1180 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1181 ins_pageup();
1182 else
1183 ins_up(FALSE);
1184 break;
1185
1186 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
1187 case K_PAGEUP:
1188 case K_KPAGEUP:
1189 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1190 if (pum_visible())
1191 goto docomplete;
1192 #endif
1193 ins_pageup();
1194 break;
1195
1196 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
1197 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1198 if (pum_visible())
1199 goto docomplete;
1200 #endif
1201 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1202 ins_pagedown();
1203 else
1204 ins_down(FALSE);
1205 break;
1206
1207 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
1208 case K_PAGEDOWN:
1209 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
1210 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1211 if (pum_visible())
1212 goto docomplete;
1213 #endif
1214 ins_pagedown();
1215 break;
1216
1217 #ifdef FEAT_DND
1218 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
1219 ins_drop();
1220 break;
1221 #endif
1222
1223 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
1224 c = TAB;
1225 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1226
1227 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
1228 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1229 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
1230 goto docomplete;
1231 #endif
1232 inserted_space = FALSE;
1233 if (ins_tab())
1234 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
1235 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1236 break;
1237
1238 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
1239 c = CAR;
1240 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1241 case CAR:
1242 case NL:
1243 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
1244 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
1245 * cursor. */
1246 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
1247 {
1248 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
1249 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
1250 else /* location list window */
1251 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
1252 break;
1253 }
1254 #endif
1255 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
1256 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
1257 {
1258 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
1259 cmdwin_result = CAR;
1260 goto doESCkey;
1261 }
1262 #endif
1263 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
1264 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
1265 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
1266 inserted_space = FALSE;
1267 break;
1268
1269 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
1270 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
1271 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1272 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
1273 {
1274 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
1275 goto docomplete;
1276 break;
1277 }
1278 # endif
1279 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
1280 c = ins_digraph();
1281 if (c == NUL)
1282 break;
1283 # endif
1284 goto normalchar;
1285 #endif
1286
1287 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1288 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
1289 ins_ctrl_x();
1290 break;
1291
1292 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
1293 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
1294 goto normalchar;
1295 goto docomplete;
1296
1297 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
1298 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
1299 goto normalchar;
1300 goto docomplete;
1301
1302 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
1303 case Ctrl_S:
1304 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
1305 goto normalchar;
1306 goto docomplete;
1307 #endif
1308
1309 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
1310 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1311 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
1312 #endif
1313 {
1314 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
1315 if (p_im)
1316 {
1317 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
1318 break;
1319 goto doESCkey;
1320 }
1321 goto normalchar;
1322 }
1323 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1324 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1325
1326 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
1327 case Ctrl_N:
1328 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
1329 * but it is under other ^X modes */
1330 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
1331 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
1332 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
1333 goto normalchar;
1334
1335 docomplete:
1336 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
1337 compl_cont_status = 0;
1338 break;
1339 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
1340
1341 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
1342 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
1343 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
1344 break;
1345
1346 default:
1347 #ifdef UNIX
1348 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
1349 goto do_intr;
1350 #endif
1351
1352 /*
1353 * Insert a nomal character.
1354 */
1355 normalchar:
1356 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1357 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
1358 ins_try_si(c);
1359 #endif
1360
1361 if (c == ' ')
1362 {
1363 inserted_space = TRUE;
1364 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1365 if (inindent(0))
1366 can_cindent = FALSE;
1367 #endif
1368 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
1369 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
1370 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
1371 }
1372
1373 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
1374 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1375 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
1376 * what check_abbr() expects. */
1377 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
1378 #endif
1379 c))
1380 {
1381 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
1382 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1383 revins_legal++;
1384 revins_chars++;
1385 #endif
1386 }
1387
1388 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1389
1390 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1391 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
1392 * closed fold. */
1393 foldOpenCursor();
1394 #endif
1395 break;
1396 } /* end of switch (c) */
1397
1398 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1399 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */
1400 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
1401 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
1402 #endif
1403
1404 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
1405 if (arrow_used)
1406 inserted_space = FALSE;
1407
1408 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1409 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
1410 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1411 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
1412 # endif
1413 )
1414 {
1415 force_cindent:
1416 /*
1417 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
1418 */
1419 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
1420 {
1421 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
1422 /* re-indent the current line */
1423 do_c_expr_indent();
1424 }
1425 }
1426 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
1427
1428 } /* for (;;) */
1429 /* NOTREACHED */
1430 }
1431
1432 /*
1433 * Redraw for Insert mode.
1434 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
1435 * option work correctly.
1436 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
1437 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
1438 */
1439 /*ARGSUSED*/
1440 static void
1441 ins_redraw(ready)
1442 int ready; /* not busy with something */
1443 {
1444 if (!char_avail())
1445 {
1446 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1447 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
1448 * visible, the command might delete it. */
1449 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
1450 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
1451 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1452 && !pum_visible()
1453 # endif
1454 )
1455 {
1456 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1457 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
1458 }
1459 #endif
1460 if (must_redraw)
1461 update_screen(0);
1462 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
1463 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
1464 showruler(FALSE);
1465 setcursor();
1466 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
1467 }
1468 }
1469
1470 /*
1471 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
1472 */
1473 static void
1474 ins_ctrl_v()
1475 {
1476 int c;
1477
1478 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
1479 ins_redraw(FALSE);
1480
1481 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
1482 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
1483 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
1484
1485 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1486 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
1487 #endif
1488
1489 c = get_literal();
1490 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1491 clear_showcmd();
1492 #endif
1493 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
1494 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1495 revins_chars++;
1496 revins_legal++;
1497 #endif
1498 }
1499
1500 /*
1501 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
1502 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
1503 */
1504 static int pc_status;
1505 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
1506 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
1507 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
1508 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
1509 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1510 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
1511 #else
1512 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
1513 #endif
1514 static int pc_attr;
1515 static int pc_row;
1516 static int pc_col;
1517
1518 void
1519 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
1520 int c;
1521 int highlight;
1522 {
1523 int attr;
1524
1525 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
1526 {
1527 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
1528 validate_cursor();
1529 if (highlight)
1530 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
1531 else
1532 attr = 0;
1533 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
1534 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
1535 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1536 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
1537 #endif
1538 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1539 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
1540 {
1541 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
1542 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1543 if (has_mbyte)
1544 {
1545 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
1546
1547 if (fix_col != pc_col)
1548 {
1549 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
1550 --curwin->w_wcol;
1551 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
1552 }
1553 }
1554 # endif
1555 }
1556 else
1557 #endif
1558 {
1559 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
1560 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1561 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
1562 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
1563 #endif
1564 }
1565
1566 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
1567 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1568 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
1569 #endif
1570 {
1571 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
1572 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
1573 }
1574 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
1575 }
1576 }
1577
1578 /*
1579 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
1580 */
1581 void
1582 edit_unputchar()
1583 {
1584 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
1585 {
1586 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1587 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
1588 ++curwin->w_wcol;
1589 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
1590 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1591 else
1592 #endif
1593 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
1594 }
1595 }
1596
1597 /*
1598 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
1599 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
1600 */
1601 void
1602 display_dollar(col)
1603 colnr_T col;
1604 {
1605 colnr_T save_col;
1606
1607 if (!redrawing())
1608 return;
1609
1610 cursor_off();
1611 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1612 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
1613 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1614 if (has_mbyte)
1615 {
1616 char_u *p;
1617
1618 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
1619 p = ml_get_curline();
1620 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
1621 }
1622 #endif
1623 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
1624 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
1625 {
1626 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
1627 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
1628 }
1629 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
1630 }
1631
1632 /*
1633 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
1634 * in insert mode.
1635 */
1636 static void
1637 undisplay_dollar()
1638 {
1639 if (dollar_vcol)
1640 {
1641 dollar_vcol = 0;
1642 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1643 }
1644 }
1645
1646 /*
1647 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
1648 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
1649 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
1650 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
1651 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
1652 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
1653 */
1654 void
1655 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
1656 int type;
1657 int amount;
1658 int round;
1659 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
1660 {
1661 int vcol;
1662 int last_vcol;
1663 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
1664 int new_cursor_col;
1665 int i;
1666 char_u *ptr;
1667 int save_p_list;
1668 int start_col;
1669 colnr_T vc;
1670 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1671 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
1672 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
1673
1674 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
1675 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1676 {
1677 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
1678 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1679 }
1680 #endif
1681
1682 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
1683 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1684 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1685 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
1686 vcol = vc;
1687
1688 /*
1689 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
1690 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
1691 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
1692 */
1693 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1694
1695 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
1696 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1697 beginline(BL_WHITE);
1698 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1699
1700 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1701
1702 /*
1703 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
1704 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
1705 */
1706 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
1707 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1708
1709 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
1710 start_col = -1;
1711
1712 /*
1713 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
1714 */
1715 if (type == INDENT_SET)
1716 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
1717 else
1718 {
1719 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1720 int save_State = State;
1721
1722 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
1723 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1724 State = INSERT;
1725 #endif
1726 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
1727 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1728 State = save_State;
1729 #endif
1730 }
1731 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1732
1733 /*
1734 * Try to put cursor on same character.
1735 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
1736 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
1737 * non-blank character.
1738 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
1739 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
1740 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
1741 */
1742 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
1743 {
1744 /*
1745 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
1746 * Insstart_col to 0.
1747 */
1748 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
1749 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1750 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1751 }
1752 else if (!(State & INSERT))
1753 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1754 else
1755 {
1756 /*
1757 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
1758 */
1759 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1760 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
1761
1762 /*
1763 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
1764 */
1765 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
1766 new_cursor_col = -1;
1767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
1768 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1769 {
1770 last_vcol = vcol;
1771 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1772 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
1773 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
1774 else
1775 #endif
1776 ++new_cursor_col;
1777 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
1778 }
1779 vcol = last_vcol;
1780
1781 /*
1782 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
1783 * the right screen column.
1784 */
1785 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1786 {
1787 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1788 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
1789 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
1790 if (ptr != NULL)
1791 {
1792 new_cursor_col += i;
1793 ptr[i] = NUL;
1794 while (--i >= 0)
1795 ptr[i] = ' ';
1796 ins_str(ptr);
1797 vim_free(ptr);
1798 }
1799 }
1800
1801 /*
1802 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
1803 * Insstart_col to 0.
1804 */
1805 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1806 }
1807
1808 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
1809
1810 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
1811 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1812 else
1813 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1814 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
1815 changed_cline_bef_curs();
1816
1817 /*
1818 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
1819 */
1820 if (State & INSERT)
1821 {
1822 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
1823 {
1824 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
1825 Insstart.col = 0;
1826 else
1827 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
1828 }
1829 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
1830 ai_col = 0;
1831 else
1832 ai_col -= insstart_less;
1833 }
1834
1835 /*
1836 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
1837 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
1838 * few characters from the replace stack.
1839 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
1840 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
1841 */
1842 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
1843 {
1844 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
1845 {
1846 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1847 --start_col;
1848 }
1849 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
1850 {
1851 replace_push(NUL);
1852 if (replaced)
1853 {
1854 replace_push(replaced);
1855 replaced = NUL;
1856 }
1857 ++start_col;
1858 }
1859 }
1860
1861 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1862 /*
1863 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
1864 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
1865 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
1866 */
1867 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1868 {
1869 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
1870 * even if you can't backspace. */
1871 if (orig_line == NULL)
1872 return;
1873
1874 /* Save new line */
1875 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1876 if (new_line == NULL)
1877 return;
1878
1879 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
1880 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1881
1882 /* Put back original line */
1883 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
1884 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
1885
1886 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
1887 backspace_until_column(0);
1888
1889 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1890 ins_bytes(new_line);
1891
1892 vim_free(new_line);
1893 }
1894 #endif
1895 }
1896
1897 /*
1898 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
1899 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
1900 * modes.
1901 */
1902 void
1903 truncate_spaces(line)
1904 char_u *line;
1905 {
1906 int i;
1907
1908 /* find start of trailing white space */
1909 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
1910 {
1911 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1912 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1913 }
1914 line[i + 1] = NUL;
1915 }
1916
1917 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1918 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1919 /*
1920 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
1921 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
1922 */
1923 void
1924 backspace_until_column(col)
1925 int col;
1926 {
1927 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
1928 {
1929 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
1930 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1931 replace_do_bs();
1932 else
1933 (void)del_char(FALSE);
1934 }
1935 }
1936 #endif
1937
1938 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1939 /*
1940 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
1941 */
1942 static void
1943 ins_ctrl_x()
1944 {
1945 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
1946 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
1947 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
1948 {
1949 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
1950 * compl_cont_status */
1951 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
1952 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
1953 else
1954 compl_cont_status = 0;
1955 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
1956 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
1957 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
1958 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
1959 showmode();
1960 }
1961 }
1962
1963 /*
1964 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
1965 */
1966 static int
1967 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
1968 int dict_opt;
1969 {
1970 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
1971 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
1972 && !curwin->w_p_spell
1973 # endif
1974 )
1975 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
1976 {
1977 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
1978 edit_submode = NULL;
1979 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
1980 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
1981 hl_attr(HLF_E));
1982 if (emsg_silent == 0)
1983 {
1984 vim_beep();
1985 setcursor();
1986 out_flush();
1987 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
1988 }
1989 return FALSE;
1990 }
1991 return TRUE;
1992 }
1993
1994 /*
1995 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
1996 * This depends on the current mode.
1997 */
1998 int
1999 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
2000 int c;
2001 {
2002 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
2003 if (c == Ctrl_R)
2004 return TRUE;
2005
2006 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
2007 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
2008 return TRUE;
2009
2010 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2011 {
2012 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
2013 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
2014 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
2015 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
2016 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
2017 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
2018 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
2019 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
2020 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
2021 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
2022 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
2023 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2024 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2025 case CTRL_X_FILES:
2026 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2027 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
2028 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2029 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
2030 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2031 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
2032 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2033 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2034 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
2035 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2036 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
2037 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2038 #endif
2039 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2040 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
2041 || c == Ctrl_X);
2042 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2043 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
2044 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2045 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2046 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2047 #endif
2048 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
2049 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2050 }
2051 EMSG(_(e_internal));
2052 return FALSE;
2053 }
2054
2055 /*
2056 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
2057 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
2058 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
2059 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
2060 */
2061 int
2062 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
2063 char_u *str;
2064 int len;
2065 int icase;
2066 char_u *fname;
2067 int dir;
2068 int flags;
2069 {
2070 char_u *p;
2071 int i, c;
2072 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */
2073 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */
2074 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */
2075 int has_lower = FALSE;
2076 int was_letter = FALSE;
2077
2078 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf)
2079 {
2080 /* Infer case of completed part. */
2081
2082 /* Find actual length of completion. */
2083 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2084 if (has_mbyte)
2085 {
2086 p = str;
2087 actual_len = 0;
2088 while (*p != NUL)
2089 {
2090 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2091 ++actual_len;
2092 }
2093 }
2094 else
2095 #endif
2096 actual_len = len;
2097
2098 /* Find actual length of original text. */
2099 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2100 if (has_mbyte)
2101 {
2102 p = compl_orig_text;
2103 actual_compl_length = 0;
2104 while (*p != NUL)
2105 {
2106 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2107 ++actual_compl_length;
2108 }
2109 }
2110 else
2111 #endif
2112 actual_compl_length = compl_length;
2113
2114 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
2115 wca = (int *)alloc(actual_len * sizeof(int));
2116 if (wca != NULL)
2117 {
2118 p = str;
2119 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i)
2120 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2121 if (has_mbyte)
2122 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2123 else
2124 #endif
2125 wca[i] = *(p++);
2126
2127 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
2128 p = compl_orig_text;
2129 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2130 {
2131 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2132 if (has_mbyte)
2133 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2134 else
2135 #endif
2136 c = *(p++);
2137 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2138 {
2139 has_lower = TRUE;
2140 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i]))
2141 {
2142 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */
2143 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2144 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2145 break;
2146 }
2147 }
2148 }
2149
2150 /*
2151 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
2152 * upper case.
2153 */
2154 if (!has_lower)
2155 {
2156 p = compl_orig_text;
2157 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2158 {
2159 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2160 if (has_mbyte)
2161 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2162 else
2163 #endif
2164 c = *(p++);
2165 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i]))
2166 {
2167 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */
2168 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2169 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2170 break;
2171 }
2172 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c);
2173 }
2174 }
2175
2176 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */
2177 p = compl_orig_text;
2178 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2179 {
2180 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2181 if (has_mbyte)
2182 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2183 else
2184 #endif
2185 c = *(p++);
2186 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2187 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2188 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c))
2189 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2190 }
2191
2192 /*
2193 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
2194 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
2195 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
2196 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
2197 */
2198 p = IObuff;
2199 i = 0;
2200 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE)
2201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2202 if (has_mbyte)
2203 p += mb_char2bytes(wca[i++], p);
2204 else
2205 #endif
2206 *(p++) = wca[i++];
2207 *p = NUL;
2208
2209 vim_free(wca);
2210 }
2211
2212 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir,
2213 flags, FALSE);
2214 }
2215 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE);
2216 }
2217
2218 /*
2219 * Add a match to the list of matches.
2220 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
2221 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
2222 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
2223 */
2224 static int
2225 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup)
2226 char_u *str;
2227 int len;
2228 int icase;
2229 char_u *fname;
2230 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
2231 int cdir;
2232 int flags;
2233 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */
2234 {
2235 compl_T *match;
2236 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
2237
2238 ui_breakcheck();
2239 if (got_int)
2240 return FAIL;
2241 if (len < 0)
2242 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
2243
2244 /*
2245 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
2246 */
2247 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup)
2248 {
2249 match = compl_first_match;
2250 do
2251 {
2252 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2253 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
2254 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
2255 return NOTDONE;
2256 match = match->cp_next;
2257 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
2258 }
2259
2260 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
2261 ins_compl_del_pum();
2262
2263 /*
2264 * Allocate a new match structure.
2265 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
2266 */
2267 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
2268 if (match == NULL)
2269 return FAIL;
2270 match->cp_number = -1;
2271 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2272 match->cp_number = 0;
2273 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
2274 {
2275 vim_free(match);
2276 return FAIL;
2277 }
2278 match->cp_icase = icase;
2279
2280 /* match-fname is:
2281 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
2282 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
2283 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
2284 if (fname != NULL
2285 && compl_curr_match != NULL
2286 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
2287 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
2288 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
2289 else if (fname != NULL)
2290 {
2291 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
2292 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
2293 }
2294 else
2295 match->cp_fname = NULL;
2296 match->cp_flags = flags;
2297
2298 if (cptext != NULL)
2299 {
2300 int i;
2301
2302 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
2303 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
2304 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
2305 }
2306
2307 /*
2308 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
2309 */
2310 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
2311 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
2312 else if (dir == FORWARD)
2313 {
2314 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
2315 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
2316 }
2317 else /* BACKWARD */
2318 {
2319 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
2320 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
2321 }
2322 if (match->cp_next)
2323 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
2324 if (match->cp_prev)
2325 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
2326 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
2327 compl_first_match = match;
2328 compl_curr_match = match;
2329
2330 /*
2331 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
2332 */
2333 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
2334 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
2335
2336 return OK;
2337 }
2338
2339 /*
2340 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
2341 * match->cp_icase.
2342 */
2343 static int
2344 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
2345 compl_T *match;
2346 char_u *str;
2347 int len;
2348 {
2349 if (match->cp_icase)
2350 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2351 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2352 }
2353
2354 /*
2355 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
2356 */
2357 static void
2358 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
2359 compl_T *match;
2360 {
2361 char_u *p, *s;
2362 int c1, c2;
2363 int had_match;
2364
2365 if (compl_leader == NULL)
2366 {
2367 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
2368 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
2369 if (compl_leader != NULL)
2370 {
2371 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2372 ins_compl_delete();
2373 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
2374 ins_redraw(FALSE);
2375
2376 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2377 * again after redrawing. */
2378 if (!had_match)
2379 ins_compl_delete();
2380 compl_used_match = FALSE;
2381 }
2382 }
2383 else
2384 {
2385 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
2386 p = compl_leader;
2387 s = match->cp_str;
2388 while (*p != NUL)
2389 {
2390 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2391 if (has_mbyte)
2392 {
2393 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
2394 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
2395 }
2396 else
2397 #endif
2398 {
2399 c1 = *p;
2400 c2 = *s;
2401 }
2402 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
2403 : (c1 != c2))
2404 break;
2405 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2406 if (has_mbyte)
2407 {
2408 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2409 mb_ptr_adv(s);
2410 }
2411 else
2412 #endif
2413 {
2414 ++p;
2415 ++s;
2416 }
2417 }
2418
2419 if (*p != NUL)
2420 {
2421 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
2422 *p = NUL;
2423 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2424 ins_compl_delete();
2425 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
2426 ins_redraw(FALSE);
2427
2428 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2429 * again after redrawing. */
2430 if (!had_match)
2431 ins_compl_delete();
2432 }
2433
2434 compl_used_match = FALSE;
2435 }
2436 }
2437
2438 /*
2439 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
2440 * Frees matches[].
2441 */
2442 static void
2443 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
2444 int num_matches;
2445 char_u **matches;
2446 int icase;
2447 {
2448 int i;
2449 int add_r = OK;
2450 int dir = compl_direction;
2451
2452 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
2453 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
2454 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK)
2455 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2456 dir = FORWARD;
2457 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
2458 }
2459
2460 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
2461 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
2462 */
2463 static int
2464 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
2465 {
2466 compl_T *match;
2467 int count = 0;
2468
2469 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
2470 {
2471 /*
2472 * Find the end of the list.
2473 */
2474 match = compl_first_match;
2475 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
2476 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
2477 {
2478 match = match->cp_next;
2479 ++count;
2480 }
2481 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
2482 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
2483 }
2484 return count;
2485 }
2486
2487 /*
2488 * Start completion for the complete() function.
2489 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
2490 * "list" is the list of matches.
2491 */
2492 void
2493 set_completion(startcol, list)
2494 int startcol;
2495 list_T *list;
2496 {
2497 /* If already doing completions stop it. */
2498 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
2499 ins_compl_prep(' ');
2500 ins_compl_clear();
2501
2502 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
2503 return;
2504
2505 if (startcol > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
2506 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2507 compl_col = startcol;
2508 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - startcol;
2509 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
2510 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
2511 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
2512 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
2513 return;
2514
2515 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */
2516 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
2517
2518 ins_compl_add_list(list);
2519 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
2520 compl_started = TRUE;
2521 compl_used_match = TRUE;
2522 compl_cont_status = 0;
2523
2524 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
2525 ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
2526 out_flush();
2527 }
2528
2529
2530 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
2531 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
2532 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
2533 static int compl_match_arraysize;
2534
2535 /*
2536 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
2537 */
2538 static void
2539 ins_compl_upd_pum()
2540 {
2541 int h;
2542
2543 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2544 {
2545 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
2546 update_screen(0);
2547 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
2548 ins_compl_del_pum();
2549 }
2550 }
2551
2552 /*
2553 * Remove any popup menu.
2554 */
2555 static void
2556 ins_compl_del_pum()
2557 {
2558 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2559 {
2560 pum_undisplay();
2561 vim_free(compl_match_array);
2562 compl_match_array = NULL;
2563 }
2564 }
2565
2566 /*
2567 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
2568 */
2569 static int
2570 pum_wanted()
2571 {
2572 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
2573 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
2574 return FALSE;
2575
2576 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
2577 if (t_colors < 8
2578 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2579 && !gui.in_use
2580 #endif
2581 )
2582 return FALSE;
2583 return TRUE;
2584 }
2585
2586 /*
2587 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
2588 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
2589 */
2590 static int
2591 pum_enough_matches()
2592 {
2593 compl_T *compl;
2594 int i;
2595
2596 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
2597 * one (ignoring the original text). */
2598 compl = compl_first_match;
2599 i = 0;
2600 do
2601 {
2602 if (compl == NULL
2603 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
2604 break;
2605 compl = compl->cp_next;
2606 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
2607
2608 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
2609 return (i >= 1);
2610 return (i >= 2);
2611 }
2612
2613 /*
2614 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
2615 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
2616 */
2617 void
2618 ins_compl_show_pum()
2619 {
2620 compl_T *compl;
2621 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
2622 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
2623 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
2624 int i;
2625 int cur = -1;
2626 colnr_T col;
2627 int lead_len = 0;
2628
2629 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
2630 return;
2631
2632 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
2633 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
2634 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
2635 #endif
2636
2637 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
2638 update_screen(0);
2639
2640 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
2641 {
2642 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
2643 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
2644 compl = compl_first_match;
2645 if (compl_leader != NULL)
2646 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
2647 do
2648 {
2649 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2650 && (compl_leader == NULL
2651 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2652 ++compl_match_arraysize;
2653 compl = compl->cp_next;
2654 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2655 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
2656 return;
2657 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
2658 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
2659 * compl_match_arraysize));
2660 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2661 {
2662 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
2663 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
2664 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2665 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2666
2667 i = 0;
2668 compl = compl_first_match;
2669 do
2670 {
2671 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2672 && (compl_leader == NULL
2673 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2674 {
2675 if (!shown_match_ok)
2676 {
2677 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
2678 {
2679 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
2680 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
2681 compl_shown_match = compl;
2682 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2683 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2684 }
2685 else
2686 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
2687 * shown match is just below it. */
2688 shown_compl = compl;
2689 cur = i;
2690 }
2691
2692 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
2693 compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
2694 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
2695 else
2696 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
2697 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
2698 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
2699 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
2700 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
2701 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
2702 else
2703 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
2704 }
2705
2706 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
2707 {
2708 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2709
2710 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
2711 * compl_shown_match. */
2712 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2713 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2714
2715 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
2716 {
2717 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
2718 * previously displayed match. */
2719 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
2720 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2721 }
2722 }
2723 compl = compl->cp_next;
2724 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2725
2726 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
2727 cur = -1;
2728 }
2729 }
2730 else
2731 {
2732 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
2733 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
2734 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
2735 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
2736 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
2737 {
2738 cur = i;
2739 break;
2740 }
2741 }
2742
2743 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2744 {
2745 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
2746 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
2747 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2748 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
2749 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
2750 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
2751 }
2752 }
2753
2754 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
2755 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
2756
2757 /*
2758 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
2759 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
2760 */
2761 static void
2762 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
2763 char_u *dict_start;
2764 char_u *pat;
2765 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
2766 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
2767 {
2768 char_u *dict = dict_start;
2769 char_u *ptr;
2770 char_u *buf;
2771 regmatch_T regmatch;
2772 char_u **files;
2773 int count;
2774 int i;
2775 int save_p_scs;
2776 int dir = compl_direction;
2777
2778 if (*dict == NUL)
2779 {
2780 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2781 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
2782 * "spell". */
2783 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
2784 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
2785 else
2786 #endif
2787 return;
2788 }
2789
2790 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
2791 if (buf == NULL)
2792 return;
2793 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */
2794
2795 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
2796 save_p_scs = p_scs;
2797 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
2798 p_scs = FALSE;
2799
2800 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
2801 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
2802 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
2803 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2804 {
2805 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
2806
2807 if (pat_esc == NULL)
2808 goto theend;
2809 i = (int)STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
2810 ptr = alloc(i);
2811 if (ptr == NULL)
2812 {
2813 vim_free(pat_esc);
2814 goto theend;
2815 }
2816 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
2817 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
2818 vim_free(pat_esc);
2819 vim_free(ptr);
2820 }
2821 else
2822 {
2823 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
2824 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
2825 goto theend;
2826 }
2827
2828 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
2829 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
2830 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
2831 {
2832 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
2833 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
2834 {
2835 count = 1;
2836 files = &dict;
2837 }
2838 else
2839 {
2840 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
2841 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
2842 * a modeline). */
2843 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
2844 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2845 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
2846 count = -1;
2847 else
2848 # endif
2849 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
2850 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
2851 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
2852 count = 0;
2853 }
2854
2855 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2856 if (count == -1)
2857 {
2858 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
2859 * don't use it as a RE. */
2860 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
2861 ptr = pat + 2;
2862 else
2863 ptr = pat;
2864 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
2865 }
2866 else
2867 # endif
2868 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
2869 {
2870 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
2871 &regmatch, buf, &dir);
2872 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2873 FreeWild(count, files);
2874 }
2875 if (flags != 0)
2876 break;
2877 }
2878
2879 theend:
2880 p_scs = save_p_scs;
2881 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
2882 vim_free(buf);
2883 }
2884
2885 static void
2886 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
2887 int count;
2888 char_u **files;
2889 int thesaurus;
2890 int flags;
2891 regmatch_T *regmatch;
2892 char_u *buf;
2893 int *dir;
2894 {
2895 char_u *ptr;
2896 int i;
2897 FILE *fp;
2898 int add_r;
2899
2900 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
2901 {
2902 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
2903 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2904 {
2905 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
2906 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
2907 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
2908 }
2909
2910 if (fp != NULL)
2911 {
2912 /*
2913 * Read dictionary file line by line.
2914 * Check each line for a match.
2915 */
2916 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
2917 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
2918 {
2919 ptr = buf;
2920 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
2921 {
2922 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
2923 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2924 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
2925 else
2926 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
2927 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
2928 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
2929 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
2930 if (thesaurus)
2931 {
2932 char_u *wstart;
2933
2934 /*
2935 * Add the other matches on the line
2936 */
2937 ptr = buf;
2938 while (!got_int)
2939 {
2940 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
2941 * space and punctuation. */
2942 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
2943 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
2944 break;
2945 wstart = ptr;
2946
2947 /* Find end of the word. */
2948 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2949 if (has_mbyte)
2950 /* Japanese words may have characters in
2951 * different classes, only separate words
2952 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
2953 while (*ptr != NUL)
2954 {
2955 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
2956
2957 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
2958 break;
2959 ptr += l;
2960 }
2961 else
2962 #endif
2963 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
2964
2965 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
2966 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
2967 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
2968 (int)(ptr - wstart),
2969 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
2970 }
2971 }
2972 if (add_r == OK)
2973 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2974 *dir = FORWARD;
2975 else if (add_r == FAIL)
2976 break;
2977 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
2978 * of line */
2979 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
2980 break;
2981 }
2982 line_breakcheck();
2983 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
2984 }
2985 fclose(fp);
2986 }
2987 }
2988 }
2989
2990 /*
2991 * Find the start of the next word.
2992 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
2993 */
2994 char_u *
2995 find_word_start(ptr)
2996 char_u *ptr;
2997 {
2998 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2999 if (has_mbyte)
3000 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
3001 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3002 else
3003 #endif
3004 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3005 ++ptr;
3006 return ptr;
3007 }
3008
3009 /*
3010 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
3011 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
3012 */
3013 char_u *
3014 find_word_end(ptr)
3015 char_u *ptr;
3016 {
3017 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3018 int start_class;
3019
3020 if (has_mbyte)
3021 {
3022 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
3023 if (start_class > 1)
3024 while (*ptr != NUL)
3025 {
3026 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3027 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
3028 break;
3029 }
3030 }
3031 else
3032 #endif
3033 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3034 ++ptr;
3035 return ptr;
3036 }
3037
3038 /*
3039 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
3040 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
3041 */
3042 static char_u *
3043 find_line_end(ptr)
3044 char_u *ptr;
3045 {
3046 char_u *s;
3047
3048 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
3049 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
3050 --s;
3051 return s;
3052 }
3053
3054 /*
3055 * Free the list of completions
3056 */
3057 static void
3058 ins_compl_free()
3059 {
3060 compl_T *match;
3061 int i;
3062
3063 vim_free(compl_pattern);
3064 compl_pattern = NULL;
3065 vim_free(compl_leader);
3066 compl_leader = NULL;
3067
3068 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
3069 return;
3070
3071 ins_compl_del_pum();
3072 pum_clear();
3073
3074 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
3075 do
3076 {
3077 match = compl_curr_match;
3078 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
3079 vim_free(match->cp_str);
3080 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
3081 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
3082 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
3083 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
3084 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
3085 vim_free(match);
3086 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
3087 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
3088 }
3089
3090 static void
3091 ins_compl_clear()
3092 {
3093 compl_cont_status = 0;
3094 compl_started = FALSE;
3095 compl_matches = 0;
3096 vim_free(compl_pattern);
3097 compl_pattern = NULL;
3098 vim_free(compl_leader);
3099 compl_leader = NULL;
3100 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3101 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
3102 compl_orig_text = NULL;
3103 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3104 }
3105
3106 /*
3107 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
3108 */
3109 int
3110 ins_compl_active()
3111 {
3112 return compl_started;
3113 }
3114
3115 /*
3116 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
3117 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
3118 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
3119 * to be got from the user.
3120 */
3121 static int
3122 ins_compl_bs()
3123 {
3124 char_u *line;
3125 char_u *p;
3126
3127 line = ml_get_curline();
3128 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
3129 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
3130
3131 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. */
3132 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col <= 0)
3133 return K_BS;
3134
3135 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
3136 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
3137 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
3138 || compl_was_interrupted)
3139 ins_compl_restart();
3140
3141 vim_free(compl_leader);
3142 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
3143 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3144 {
3145 ins_compl_new_leader();
3146 return NUL;
3147 }
3148 return K_BS;
3149 }
3150
3151 /*
3152 * Called after changing "compl_leader".
3153 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
3154 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
3155 */
3156 static void
3157 ins_compl_new_leader()
3158 {
3159 ins_compl_del_pum();
3160 ins_compl_delete();
3161 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3162 compl_used_match = FALSE;
3163
3164 if (compl_started)
3165 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
3166 else
3167 {
3168 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3169 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */
3170 #endif
3171 /*
3172 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display
3173 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to
3174 * avoid that the first match is inserted.
3175 */
3176 update_screen(0);
3177 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3178 if (gui.in_use)
3179 {
3180 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
3181 setcursor();
3182 out_flush();
3183 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
3184 }
3185 #endif
3186 compl_restarting = TRUE;
3187 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
3188 compl_cont_status = 0;
3189 compl_restarting = FALSE;
3190 }
3191
3192 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */
3193 if (!compl_used_match)
3194 {
3195 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */
3196 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
3197 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
3198 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev;
3199 else
3200 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match;
3201 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
3202 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
3203 }
3204 #endif
3205 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
3206
3207 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
3208 ins_compl_show_pum();
3209
3210 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */
3211 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
3212 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3213 }
3214
3215 /*
3216 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
3217 * matches.
3218 */
3219 static void
3220 ins_compl_addleader(c)
3221 int c;
3222 {
3223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3224 int cc;
3225
3226 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
3227 {
3228 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
3229
3230 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
3231 buf[cc] = NUL;
3232 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
3233 }
3234 else
3235 #endif
3236 ins_char(c);
3237
3238 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
3239 if (compl_was_interrupted)
3240 ins_compl_restart();
3241
3242 vim_free(compl_leader);
3243 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
3244 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3245 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3246 ins_compl_new_leader();
3247 }
3248
3249 /*
3250 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when
3251 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
3252 */
3253 static void
3254 ins_compl_restart()
3255 {
3256 ins_compl_free();
3257 compl_started = FALSE;
3258 compl_matches = 0;
3259 compl_cont_status = 0;
3260 compl_cont_mode = 0;
3261 }
3262
3263 /*
3264 * Set the first match, the original text.
3265 */
3266 static void
3267 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
3268 char_u *str;
3269 {
3270 char_u *p;
3271
3272 /* Replace the original text entry. */
3273 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
3274 {
3275 p = vim_strsave(str);
3276 if (p != NULL)
3277 {
3278 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
3279 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
3280 }
3281 }
3282 }
3283
3284 /*
3285 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
3286 * matches.
3287 */
3288 static void
3289 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
3290 {
3291 char_u *p;
3292 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
3293 int c;
3294 compl_T *cp;
3295
3296 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
3297 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
3298 {
3299 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
3300 * the leader. */
3301 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
3302 {
3303 p = NULL;
3304 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
3305 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next)
3306 {
3307 if (compl_leader == NULL
3308 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
3309 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
3310 {
3311 p = cp->cp_str;
3312 break;
3313 }
3314 }
3315 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
3316 return;
3317 }
3318 else
3319 return;
3320 }
3321 p += len;
3322 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3323 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
3324 #else
3325 c = *p;
3326 #endif
3327 ins_compl_addleader(c);
3328 }
3329
3330 /*
3331 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
3332 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
3333 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
3334 */
3335 static int
3336 ins_compl_prep(c)
3337 int c;
3338 {
3339 char_u *ptr;
3340 int want_cindent;
3341 int retval = FALSE;
3342
3343 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
3344 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
3345 */
3346 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3347 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3348
3349 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
3350 if (c == K_SELECT)
3351 return retval;
3352
3353 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
3354 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
3355 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
3356 {
3357 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
3358 compl_used_match = TRUE;
3359 }
3360
3361 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
3362 {
3363 /*
3364 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
3365 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
3366 */
3367 switch (c)
3368 {
3369 case Ctrl_E:
3370 case Ctrl_Y:
3371 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
3372 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
3373 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3374 else
3375 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3376 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
3377 showmode();
3378 break;
3379 case Ctrl_L:
3380 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
3381 break;
3382 case Ctrl_F:
3383 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
3384 break;
3385 case Ctrl_K:
3386 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3387 break;
3388 case Ctrl_R:
3389 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
3390 break;
3391 case Ctrl_T:
3392 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3393 break;
3394 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3395 case Ctrl_U:
3396 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
3397 break;
3398 case Ctrl_O:
3399 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
3400 break;
3401 #endif
3402 case 's':
3403 case Ctrl_S:
3404 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
3405 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3406 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
3407 spell_back_to_badword();
3408 --emsg_off;
3409 #endif
3410 break;
3411 case Ctrl_RSB:
3412 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
3413 break;
3414 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3415 case Ctrl_I:
3416 case K_S_TAB:
3417 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3418 break;
3419 case Ctrl_D:
3420 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
3421 break;
3422 #endif
3423 case Ctrl_V:
3424 case Ctrl_Q:
3425 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
3426 break;
3427 case Ctrl_P:
3428 case Ctrl_N:
3429 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
3430 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
3431 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
3432 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
3433 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
3434 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
3435 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
3436 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
3437 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
3438 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3439 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
3440 /* FALLTHROUGH */
3441 default:
3442 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
3443 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
3444 * mode).
3445 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
3446 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
3447 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
3448 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
3449 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
3450 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
3451 * mode -- Acevedo */
3452 if (c == Ctrl_X)
3453 {
3454 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3455 compl_cont_status = 0;
3456 else
3457 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
3458 }
3459 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3460 edit_submode = NULL;
3461 showmode();
3462 break;
3463 }
3464 }
3465 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
3466 {
3467 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
3468 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3469 {
3470 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
3471 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3472 else
3473 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
3474 edit_submode = NULL;
3475 }
3476 showmode();
3477 }
3478
3479 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3480 {
3481 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
3482 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
3483 * showing what mode we are in. */
3484 showmode();
3485 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
3486 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
3487 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3488 {
3489 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
3490 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
3491 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
3492 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
3493 {
3494 char_u *p;
3495 int temp = 0;
3496
3497 /*
3498 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
3499 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
3500 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
3501 * of the original text that has changed.
3502 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
3503 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
3504 */
3505 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
3506 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
3507 else if (compl_leader != NULL)
3508 ptr = compl_leader;
3509 else
3510 ptr = compl_orig_text;
3511 if (compl_orig_text != NULL)
3512 {
3513 p = compl_orig_text;
3514 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp];
3515 ++temp)
3516 ;
3517 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3518 if (temp > 0)
3519 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp);
3520 #endif
3521 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
3522 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
3523 }
3524 if (ptr != NULL)
3525 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1);
3526 }
3527
3528 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3529 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
3530 #endif
3531 /*
3532 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
3533 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
3534 */
3535 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3536 {
3537 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3538 /* re-indent the current line */
3539 if (want_cindent)
3540 {
3541 do_c_expr_indent();
3542 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
3543 }
3544 #endif
3545 }
3546 else
3547 {
3548 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3549
3550 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
3551 if (prev_col > 0)
3552 dec_cursor();
3553 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
3554 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
3555 if (prev_col > 0
3556 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL)
3557 inc_cursor();
3558 }
3559
3560 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
3561
3562 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
3563 * the selection without inserting anything. When
3564 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
3565 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
3566 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
3567 && pum_visible())
3568 retval = TRUE;
3569
3570 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
3571 if (c == Ctrl_E)
3572 {
3573 ins_compl_delete();
3574 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3575 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3576 else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
3577 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text
3578 + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3579 retval = TRUE;
3580 }
3581
3582 ins_compl_free();
3583 compl_started = FALSE;
3584 compl_matches = 0;
3585 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
3586 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3587 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3588 if (edit_submode != NULL)
3589 {
3590 edit_submode = NULL;
3591 showmode();
3592 }
3593
3594 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3595 /*
3596 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
3597 */
3598 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
3599 do_c_expr_indent();
3600 #endif
3601 }
3602 }
3603
3604 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
3605 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
3606 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3607 {
3608 compl_cont_status = 0;
3609 compl_cont_mode = 0;
3610 }
3611
3612 return retval;
3613 }
3614
3615 /*
3616 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
3617 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
3618 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
3619 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
3620 *
3621 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
3622 */
3623 static buf_T *
3624 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
3625 buf_T *buf;
3626 int flag;
3627 {
3628 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3629 static win_T *wp;
3630 #endif
3631
3632 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
3633 {
3634 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3635 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
3636 wp = curwin;
3637 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
3638 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
3639 ;
3640 buf = wp->w_buffer;
3641 #else
3642 buf = curbuf;
3643 #endif
3644 }
3645 else
3646 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
3647 * (unlisted buffers)
3648 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
3649 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
3650 && ((flag == 'U'
3651 ? buf->b_p_bl
3652 : (!buf->b_p_bl
3653 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
3654 || buf->b_scanned))
3655 ;
3656 return buf;
3657 }
3658
3659 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3660 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
3661
3662 /*
3663 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
3664 * get matches in "matches".
3665 */
3666 static void
3667 expand_by_function(type, base)
3668 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
3669 char_u *base;
3670 {
3671 list_T *matchlist;
3672 char_u *args[2];
3673 char_u *funcname;
3674 pos_T pos;
3675
3676 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
3677 if (*funcname == NUL)
3678 return;
3679
3680 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
3681 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
3682 args[1] = base;
3683
3684 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
3685 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
3686 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
3687 if (matchlist == NULL)
3688 return;
3689
3690 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
3691 list_unref(matchlist);
3692 }
3693 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
3694
3695 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
3696 /*
3697 * Add completions from a list.
3698 */
3699 static void
3700 ins_compl_add_list(list)
3701 list_T *list;
3702 {
3703 listitem_T *li;
3704 int dir = compl_direction;
3705
3706 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
3707 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
3708 {
3709 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
3710 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
3711 dir = FORWARD;
3712 else if (did_emsg)
3713 break;
3714 }
3715 }
3716
3717 /*
3718 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
3719 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
3720 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
3721 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
3722 */
3723 int
3724 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir)
3725 typval_T *tv;
3726 int dir;
3727 {
3728 char_u *word;
3729 int icase = FALSE;
3730 int adup = FALSE;
3731 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
3732
3733 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
3734 {
3735 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
3736 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3737 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
3738 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3739 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
3740 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3741 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
3742 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3743 (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
3744 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
3745 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
3746 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL)
3747 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup");
3748 }
3749 else
3750 {
3751 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
3752 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
3753 }
3754 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL)
3755 return FAIL;
3756 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup);
3757 }
3758 #endif
3759
3760 /*
3761 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
3762 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
3763 * compl_direction.
3764 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
3765 * where we stopped searching before.
3766 * This may return before finding all the matches.
3767 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
3768 */
3769 static int
3770 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
3771 pos_T *ini;
3772 {
3773 static pos_T first_match_pos;
3774 static pos_T last_match_pos;
3775 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
3776 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
3777 certain type. */
3778 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
3779
3780 pos_T *pos;
3781 char_u **matches;
3782 int save_p_scs;
3783 int save_p_ws;
3784 int save_p_ic;
3785 int i;
3786 int num_matches;
3787 int len;
3788 int found_new_match;
3789 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
3790 char_u *ptr;
3791 char_u *dict = NULL;
3792 int dict_f = 0;
3793 compl_T *old_match;
3794
3795 if (!compl_started)
3796 {
3797 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
3798 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
3799 found_all = FALSE;
3800 ins_buf = curbuf;
3801 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
3802 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
3803 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
3804 }
3805
3806 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
3807 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
3808 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
3809 for (;;)
3810 {
3811 found_new_match = FAIL;
3812
3813 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
3814 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
3815 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
3816 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3817 && (!compl_started || found_all))
3818 {
3819 found_all = FALSE;
3820 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
3821 e_cpt++;
3822 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
3823 {
3824 ins_buf = curbuf;
3825 first_match_pos = *ini;
3826 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
3827 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
3828 dec(&first_match_pos);
3829 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
3830 type = 0;
3831 }
3832 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
3833 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
3834 {
3835 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
3836 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
3837 {
3838 compl_started = TRUE;
3839 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
3840 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
3841 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
3842 type = 0;
3843 }
3844 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
3845 {
3846 found_all = TRUE;
3847 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
3848 continue;
3849 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3850 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
3851 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
3852 }
3853 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
3854 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
3855 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
3856 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
3857 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
3858 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
3859 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
3860 }
3861 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
3862 break;
3863 else
3864 {
3865 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3866 type = -1;
3867 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
3868 {
3869 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
3870 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3871 else
3872 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3873 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
3874 {
3875 dict = e_cpt;
3876 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
3877 }
3878 }
3879 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3880 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
3881 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3882 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
3883 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
3884 #endif
3885 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
3886 {
3887 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
3888 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
3889 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
3890 }
3891 else
3892 type = -1;
3893
3894 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
3895 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
3896
3897 found_all = TRUE;
3898 if (type == -1)
3899 continue;
3900 }
3901 }
3902
3903 switch (type)
3904 {
3905 case -1:
3906 break;
3907 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3908 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
3909 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
3910 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
3911 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
3912 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
3913 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
3914 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
3915 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
3916 break;
3917 #endif
3918
3919 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
3920 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
3921 ins_compl_dictionaries(
3922 dict != NULL ? dict
3923 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
3924 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
3925 ? p_tsr
3926 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
3927 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
3928 ? p_dict
3929 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
3930 compl_pattern,
3931 dict != NULL ? dict_f
3932 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
3933 dict = NULL;
3934 break;
3935
3936 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
3937 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
3938 save_p_ic = p_ic;
3939 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
3940
3941 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
3942 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
3943 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
3944 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
3945 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
3946 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
3947 {
3948 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
3949 }
3950 p_ic = save_p_ic;
3951 break;
3952
3953 case CTRL_X_FILES:
3954 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
3955 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
3956 {
3957
3958 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
3959 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
3960 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
3961 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
3962 TRUE
3963 #else
3964 FALSE
3965 #endif
3966 );
3967 }
3968 break;
3969
3970 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
3971 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
3972 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
3973 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
3974 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
3975 break;
3976
3977 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3978 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
3979 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
3980 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
3981 break;
3982 #endif
3983
3984 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
3985 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3986 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
3987 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
3988 if (num_matches > 0)
3989 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
3990 #endif
3991 break;
3992
3993 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
3994 /*
3995 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
3996 */
3997 save_p_scs = p_scs;
3998 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
3999 p_scs = FALSE;
4000
4001 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
4002 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
4003 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
4004 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
4005 save_p_ws = p_ws;
4006 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
4007 p_ws = FALSE;
4008 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
4009 p_ws = TRUE;
4010 for (;;)
4011 {
4012 int flags = 0;
4013
4014 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
4015
4016 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
4017 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
4018 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
4019 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
4020 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
4021 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
4022 else
4023 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
4024 compl_direction,
4025 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
4026 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0);
4027 --msg_silent;
4028 if (!compl_started)
4029 {
4030 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
4031 compl_started = TRUE;
4032 first_match_pos = *pos;
4033 last_match_pos = *pos;
4034 }
4035 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
4036 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
4037 found_new_match = FAIL;
4038 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
4039 {
4040 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
4041 found_all = TRUE;
4042 break;
4043 }
4044
4045 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
4046 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
4047 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
4048 && ini->col == pos->col)
4049 continue;
4050 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
4051 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4052 {
4053 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4054 {
4055 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4056 continue;
4057 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4058 if (!p_paste)
4059 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4060 }
4061 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
4062 }
4063 else
4064 {
4065 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
4066
4067 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4068 {
4069 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
4070 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
4071 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
4072 continue;
4073 /* Find start of next word. */
4074 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4075 }
4076 /* Find end of this word. */
4077 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4078 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4079
4080 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4081 && len == compl_length)
4082 {
4083 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4084 {
4085 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
4086 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
4087 * IOSIZE is always greater than
4088 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
4089 * works -- Acevedo */
4090 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
4091 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4092 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4093 /* Find start of next word. */
4094 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4095 /* Find end of next word. */
4096 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4097 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
4098 {
4099 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
4100 {
4101 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
4102 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4103 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
4104 if (p_js
4105 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
4106 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
4107 == NULL
4108 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
4109 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
4110 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4111 }
4112 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
4113 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
4114 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
4115 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
4116 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4117 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
4118 }
4119 IObuff[len] = NUL;
4120 ptr = IObuff;
4121 }
4122 if (len == compl_length)
4123 continue;
4124 }
4125 }
4126 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
4127 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
4128 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
4129 {
4130 found_new_match = OK;
4131 break;
4132 }
4133 }
4134 p_scs = save_p_scs;
4135 p_ws = save_p_ws;
4136 }
4137
4138 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
4139 * expansion added somenthing) */
4140 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
4141 found_new_match = OK;
4142
4143 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
4144 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
4145 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4146 || found_new_match != FAIL)
4147 {
4148 if (got_int)
4149 break;
4150 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
4151 if (type != -1)
4152 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
4153
4154 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4155 || compl_interrupted)
4156 break;
4157 compl_started = TRUE;
4158 }
4159 else
4160 {
4161 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
4162 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
4163 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
4164
4165 compl_started = FALSE;
4166 }
4167 }
4168 compl_started = TRUE;
4169
4170 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4171 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
4172 found_new_match = FAIL;
4173
4174 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
4175 if (found_new_match == FAIL
4176 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
4177 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
4178
4179 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
4180 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
4181 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
4182 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
4183 : old_match->cp_prev;
4184 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
4185 compl_curr_match = old_match;
4186 return i;
4187 }
4188
4189 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
4190 static void
4191 ins_compl_delete()
4192 {
4193 int i;
4194
4195 /*
4196 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
4197 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
4198 */
4199 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
4200 backspace_until_column(i);
4201 changed_cline_bef_curs();
4202 }
4203
4204 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
4205 static void
4206 ins_compl_insert()
4207 {
4208 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
4209 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
4210 compl_used_match = FALSE;
4211 else
4212 compl_used_match = TRUE;
4213 }
4214
4215 /*
4216 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
4217 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
4218 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
4219 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
4220 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
4221 * through the ones found so far.
4222 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
4223 *
4224 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
4225 * compl_shown_match here.
4226 *
4227 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
4228 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
4229 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
4230 */
4231 static int
4232 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
4233 int allow_get_expansion;
4234 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
4235 be at least 1 */
4236 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
4237 {
4238 int num_matches = -1;
4239 int i;
4240 int todo = count;
4241 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
4242 int found_end = FALSE;
4243 int advance;
4244
4245 if (compl_leader != NULL
4246 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
4247 {
4248 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
4249 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
4250 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4251 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4252 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
4253 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
4254 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4255
4256 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
4257 * backward, find the last match. */
4258 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4259 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4260 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4261 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
4262 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match))
4263 {
4264 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4265 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4266 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
4267 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
4268 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4269 }
4270 }
4271
4272 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
4273 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
4274 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
4275 ins_compl_delete();
4276
4277 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
4278 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
4279 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
4280
4281 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
4282 if (compl_restarting)
4283 {
4284 advance = FALSE;
4285 compl_restarting = FALSE;
4286 }
4287
4288 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
4289 * around. */
4290 while (--todo >= 0)
4291 {
4292 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4293 {
4294 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4295 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
4296 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
4297 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
4298 }
4299 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4300 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4301 {
4302 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4303 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4304 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4305 }
4306 else
4307 {
4308 if (!allow_get_expansion)
4309 {
4310 if (advance)
4311 {
4312 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4313 compl_pending -= todo + 1;
4314 else
4315 compl_pending += todo + 1;
4316 }
4317 return -1;
4318 }
4319
4320 if (advance)
4321 {
4322 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4323 --compl_pending;
4324 else
4325 ++compl_pending;
4326 }
4327
4328 /* Find matches. */
4329 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
4330
4331 /* handle any pending completions */
4332 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
4333 && advance)
4334 {
4335 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4336 {
4337 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4338 --compl_pending;
4339 }
4340 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4341 {
4342 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4343 ++compl_pending;
4344 }
4345 else
4346 break;
4347 }
4348 found_end = FALSE;
4349 }
4350 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
4351 && compl_leader != NULL
4352 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4353 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
4354 ++todo;
4355 else
4356 /* Remember a matching item. */
4357 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
4358
4359 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
4360 if (found_end)
4361 {
4362 if (found_compl != NULL)
4363 {
4364 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
4365 break;
4366 }
4367 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
4368 }
4369 }
4370
4371 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
4372 if (insert_match)
4373 {
4374 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
4375 ins_compl_insert();
4376 else
4377 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
4378 }
4379 else
4380 compl_used_match = FALSE;
4381
4382 if (!allow_get_expansion)
4383 {
4384 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
4385 ins_compl_upd_pum();
4386
4387 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
4388 update_screen(0);
4389
4390 /* display the updated popup menu */
4391 ins_compl_show_pum();
4392 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4393 if (gui.in_use)
4394 {
4395 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
4396 setcursor();
4397 out_flush();
4398 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
4399 }
4400 #endif
4401
4402 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
4403 * don't want to match ourselves! */
4404 ins_compl_delete();
4405 }
4406
4407 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
4408 * menu is visible. */
4409 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
4410
4411 /*
4412 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
4413 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
4414 */
4415 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
4416 {
4417 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
4418 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
4419 if (i <= 0)
4420 i = 0;
4421 else
4422 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
4423 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
4424 msg(IObuff);
4425 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
4426 }
4427
4428 return num_matches;
4429 }
4430
4431 /*
4432 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
4433 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
4434 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
4435 * possible. -- webb
4436 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
4437 */
4438 void
4439 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
4440 int frequency;
4441 {
4442 static int count = 0;
4443
4444 int c;
4445
4446 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
4447 * scripts */
4448 if (using_script())
4449 return;
4450
4451 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
4452 if (++count < frequency)
4453 return;
4454 count = 0;
4455
4456 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
4457 * can't do its work correctly. */
4458 c = vpeekc_any();
4459 if (c != NUL)
4460 {
4461 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
4462 {
4463 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
4464 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
4465 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
4466 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
4467 }
4468 else
4469 {
4470 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it
4471 * back with vungetc() below. */
4472 c = safe_vgetc();
4473
4474 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
4475 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
4476 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
4477 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
4478
4479 vungetc(c);
4480 }
4481 }
4482 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
4483 {
4484 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
4485
4486 compl_pending = 0;
4487 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE);
4488 }
4489 }
4490
4491 /*
4492 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
4493 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
4494 */
4495 static int
4496 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
4497 int c;
4498 {
4499 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
4500 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
4501 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
4502 return BACKWARD;
4503 return FORWARD;
4504 }
4505
4506 /*
4507 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
4508 * is visible.
4509 */
4510 static int
4511 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
4512 int c;
4513 {
4514 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
4515 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
4516 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
4517 }
4518
4519 /*
4520 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
4521 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
4522 */
4523 static int
4524 ins_compl_key2count(c)
4525 int c;
4526 {
4527 int h;
4528
4529 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
4530 {
4531 h = pum_get_height();
4532 if (h > 3)
4533 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
4534 return h;
4535 }
4536 return 1;
4537 }
4538
4539 /*
4540 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
4541 * to change the currently selected completion.
4542 */
4543 static int
4544 ins_compl_use_match(c)
4545 int c;
4546 {
4547 switch (c)
4548 {
4549 case K_UP:
4550 case K_DOWN:
4551 case K_PAGEDOWN:
4552 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
4553 case K_S_DOWN:
4554 case K_PAGEUP:
4555 case K_KPAGEUP:
4556 case K_S_UP:
4557 return FALSE;
4558 }
4559 return TRUE;
4560 }
4561
4562 /*
4563 * Do Insert mode completion.
4564 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
4565 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
4566 */
4567 static int
4568 ins_complete(c)
4569 int c;
4570 {
4571 char_u *line;
4572 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
4573 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
4574 int n;
4575
4576 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
4577 if (!compl_started)
4578 {
4579 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
4580
4581 did_ai = FALSE;
4582 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
4583 did_si = FALSE;
4584 can_si = FALSE;
4585 can_si_back = FALSE;
4586 #endif
4587 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
4588 return FAIL;
4589
4590 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4591 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4592 compl_pending = 0;
4593
4594 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
4595 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
4596 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
4597 * "compl_startpos"
4598 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
4599 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
4600 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
4601 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
4602 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
4603 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
4604 {
4605 /*
4606 * it is a continued search
4607 */
4608 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
4609 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
4610 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
4611 {
4612 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4613 {
4614 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
4615 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
4616 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
4617 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
4618 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
4619 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
4620 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4621 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
4622 }
4623 else
4624 {
4625 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
4626 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
4627 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
4628 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
4629 {
4630 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
4631 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
4632 line + compl_length
4633 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
4634 }
4635 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
4636 }
4637 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
4638 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
4639 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
4640 #define MIN_SPACE 75
4641 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
4642 {
4643 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
4644 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
4645 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
4646 }
4647 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
4648 if (compl_length < 1)
4649 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
4650 }
4651 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4652 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
4653 else
4654 compl_cont_status = 0;
4655 }
4656 else
4657 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
4658
4659 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
4660 {
4661 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
4662 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
4663 compl_cont_status = 0;
4664 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
4665 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
4666 startcol = (int)curs_col;
4667 compl_col = 0;
4668 }
4669
4670 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
4671 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
4672 {
4673 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
4674 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
4675 {
4676 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
4677 {
4678 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
4679 ;
4680 compl_col += ++startcol;
4681 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
4682 }
4683 if (p_ic)
4684 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
4685 compl_length, NULL, 0);
4686 else
4687 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
4688 compl_length);
4689 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4690 return FAIL;
4691 }
4692 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4693 {
4694 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
4695
4696 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
4697 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
4698 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
4699 compl_length) + 3);
4700 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4701 return FAIL;
4702 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
4703 || (compl_col > 0
4704 && (
4705 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4706 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
4707 #else
4708 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
4709 #endif
4710 )))
4711 prefix = (char_u *)"";
4712 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
4713 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
4714 line + compl_col, compl_length);
4715 }
4716 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
4717 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4718 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
4719 #else
4720 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
4721 #endif
4722 )
4723 {
4724 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
4725 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
4726 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4727 return FAIL;
4728 compl_col += curs_col;
4729 compl_length = 0;
4730 }
4731 else
4732 {
4733 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4734 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
4735 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
4736 if (has_mbyte)
4737 {
4738 int base_class;
4739 int head_off;
4740
4741 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
4742 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
4743 while (--startcol >= 0)
4744 {
4745 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
4746 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
4747 - head_off))
4748 break;
4749 startcol -= head_off;
4750 }
4751 }
4752 else
4753 #endif
4754 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
4755 ;
4756 compl_col += ++startcol;
4757 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
4758 if (compl_length == 1)
4759 {
4760 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
4761 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
4762 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
4763 */
4764 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
4765 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4766 return FAIL;
4767 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
4768 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
4769 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
4770 }
4771 else
4772 {
4773 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
4774 compl_length) + 3);
4775 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4776 return FAIL;
4777 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
4778 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
4779 compl_length);
4780 }
4781 }
4782 }
4783 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4784 {
4785 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
4786 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
4787 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
4788 compl_length = 0;
4789 if (p_ic)
4790 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
4791 NULL, 0);
4792 else
4793 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4794 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4795 return FAIL;
4796 }
4797 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
4798 {
4799 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
4800 ;
4801 compl_col += ++startcol;
4802 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
4803 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
4804 EXPAND_FILES);
4805 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4806 return FAIL;
4807 }
4808 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
4809 {
4810 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
4811 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4812 return FAIL;
4813 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
4814 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
4815 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
4816 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
4817 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
4818 * "pattern not found" message. */
4819 compl_col = curs_col;
4820 else
4821 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
4822 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
4823 }
4824 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
4825 {
4826 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4827 /*
4828 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
4829 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
4830 */
4831 char_u *args[2];
4832 int col;
4833 char_u *funcname;
4834 pos_T pos;
4835
4836 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
4837 * string */
4838 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
4839 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
4840 if (*funcname == NUL)
4841 {
4842 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
4843 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
4844 return FAIL;
4845 }
4846
4847 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
4848 args[1] = NULL;
4849 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4850 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
4851 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
4852
4853 if (col < 0)
4854 col = curs_col;
4855 compl_col = col;
4856 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
4857 compl_col = curs_col;
4858
4859 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
4860 * it may have become invalid. */
4861 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4862 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
4863 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4864 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4865 #endif
4866 return FAIL;
4867 }
4868 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
4869 {
4870 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4871 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
4872 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
4873 else
4874 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
4875 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
4876 {
4877 compl_length = 0;
4878 compl_col = curs_col;
4879 }
4880 else
4881 {
4882 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
4883 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
4884 }
4885 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
4886 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4887 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4888 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4889 #endif
4890 return FAIL;
4891 }
4892 else
4893 {
4894 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
4895 return FAIL;
4896 }
4897
4898 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4899 {
4900 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
4901 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4902 {
4903 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
4904 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4905 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
4906
4907 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
4908 #endif
4909 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4910 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
4911 ins_eol('\r');
4912 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
4913 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
4914 #endif
4915 compl_length = 0;
4916 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4917 }
4918 }
4919 else
4920 {
4921 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
4922 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
4923 }
4924
4925 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
4926 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
4927 else
4928 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
4929
4930 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
4931 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
4932 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4933 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
4934 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
4935 {
4936 vim_free(compl_pattern);
4937 compl_pattern = NULL;
4938 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
4939 compl_orig_text = NULL;
4940 return FAIL;
4941 }
4942
4943 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
4944 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
4945 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
4946 */
4947 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
4948 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
4949 showmode();
4950 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
4951 out_flush();
4952 }
4953
4954 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
4955 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
4956
4957 /*
4958 * Find next match (and following matches).
4959 */
4960 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
4961
4962 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
4963 ins_compl_upd_pum();
4964
4965 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
4966 compl_matches = n;
4967 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
4968 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
4969
4970 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
4971 * mode. */
4972 if (got_int && !global_busy)
4973 {
4974 (void)vgetc();
4975 got_int = FALSE;
4976 }
4977
4978 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
4979 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
4980 {
4981 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4982 && compl_length > 1
4983 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
4984 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
4985 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
4986 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
4987 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
4988 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
4989 if ( compl_length > 1
4990 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4991 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
4992 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
4993 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
4994 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
4995 }
4996
4997 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
4998 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
4999 else
5000 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
5001
5002 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
5003 {
5004 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
5005 {
5006 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
5007 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
5008 }
5009 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
5010 {
5011 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
5012 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5013 }
5014 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
5015 {
5016 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
5017 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5018 }
5019 else
5020 {
5021 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
5022 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
5023 {
5024 int number = 0;
5025 compl_T *match;
5026
5027 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
5028 {
5029 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
5030 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
5031 * cycle, so it's fast! */
5032 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
5033 && match != compl_first_match;
5034 match = match->cp_prev)
5035 if (match->cp_number != -1)
5036 {
5037 number = match->cp_number;
5038 break;
5039 }
5040 if (match != NULL)
5041 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
5042 * yet */
5043 for (match = match->cp_next;
5044 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
5045 match = match->cp_next)
5046 match->cp_number = ++number;
5047 }
5048 else /* BACKWARD */
5049 {
5050 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
5051 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
5052 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
5053 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
5054 && match != compl_first_match;
5055 match = match->cp_next)
5056 if (match->cp_number != -1)
5057 {
5058 number = match->cp_number;
5059 break;
5060 }
5061 if (match != NULL)
5062 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
5063 * assigned yet */
5064 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
5065 && match->cp_number == -1;
5066 match = match->cp_prev)
5067 match->cp_number = ++number;
5068 }
5069 }
5070
5071 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
5072 * just a safety check. */
5073 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
5074 {
5075 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
5076 * Translations may need more than twice that. */
5077 static char_u match_ref[81];
5078
5079 if (compl_matches > 0)
5080 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5081 _("match %d of %d"),
5082 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
5083 else
5084 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5085 _("match %d"),
5086 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
5087 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
5088 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
5089 if (dollar_vcol)
5090 curs_columns(FALSE);
5091 }
5092 }
5093 }
5094
5095 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
5096 showmode();
5097 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
5098 {
5099 if (!p_smd)
5100 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
5101 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
5102 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
5103 }
5104 else
5105 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
5106
5107 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
5108 if (!compl_interrupted)
5109 {
5110 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
5111 n = RedrawingDisabled;
5112 RedrawingDisabled = 0;
5113 ins_compl_show_pum();
5114 setcursor();
5115 RedrawingDisabled = n;
5116 }
5117 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
5118 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
5119
5120 return OK;
5121 }
5122
5123 /*
5124 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
5125 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
5126 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
5127 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
5128 */
5129 static int
5130 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
5131 char_u *dest;
5132 char_u *src;
5133 int len;
5134 {
5135 int m;
5136
5137 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
5138 {
5139 switch (*src)
5140 {
5141 case '.':
5142 case '*':
5143 case '[':
5144 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5145 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5146 break;
5147 case '~':
5148 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
5149 break;
5150 case '\\':
5151 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5152 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5153 break;
5154 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
5155 case '$':
5156 m++;
5157 if (dest != NULL)
5158 *dest++ = '\\';
5159 break;
5160 }
5161 if (dest != NULL)
5162 *dest++ = *src;
5163 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5164 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
5165 if (has_mbyte)
5166 {
5167 int i, mb_len;
5168
5169 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
5170 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
5171 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
5172 {
5173 --len;
5174 ++src;
5175 if (dest != NULL)
5176 *dest++ = *src;
5177 }
5178 }
5179 # endif
5180 }
5181 if (dest != NULL)
5182 *dest = NUL;
5183
5184 return m;
5185 }
5186 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
5187
5188 /*
5189 * Next character is interpreted literally.
5190 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
5191 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
5192 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
5193 */
5194 int
5195 get_literal()
5196 {
5197 int cc;
5198 int nc;
5199 int i;
5200 int hex = FALSE;
5201 int octal = FALSE;
5202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5203 int unicode = 0;
5204 #endif
5205
5206 if (got_int)
5207 return Ctrl_C;
5208
5209 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5210 /*
5211 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
5212 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
5213 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
5214 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
5215 */
5216 if (gui.in_use)
5217 ++allow_keys;
5218 #endif
5219 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5220 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
5221 #endif
5222 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
5223 cc = 0;
5224 i = 0;
5225 for (;;)
5226 {
5227 nc = plain_vgetc();
5228 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5229 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
5230 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5231 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
5232 # endif
5233 )
5234 add_to_showcmd(nc);
5235 #endif
5236 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
5237 hex = TRUE;
5238 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
5239 octal = TRUE;
5240 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5241 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
5242 unicode = nc;
5243 #endif
5244 else
5245 {
5246 if (hex
5247 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5248 || unicode != 0
5249 #endif
5250 )
5251 {
5252 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
5253 break;
5254 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
5255 }
5256 else if (octal)
5257 {
5258 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
5259 break;
5260 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
5261 }
5262 else
5263 {
5264 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
5265 break;
5266 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
5267 }
5268
5269 ++i;
5270 }
5271
5272 if (cc > 255
5273 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5274 && unicode == 0
5275 #endif
5276 )
5277 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
5278 nc = 0;
5279
5280 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
5281 {
5282 if (i >= 2)
5283 break;
5284 }
5285 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5286 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
5287 {
5288 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
5289 break;
5290 }
5291 #endif
5292 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
5293 break;
5294 }
5295 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
5296 {
5297 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
5298 {
5299 cc = '\n';
5300 nc = 0;
5301 }
5302 else
5303 {
5304 cc = nc;
5305 nc = 0;
5306 }
5307 }
5308
5309 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
5310 cc = '\n';
5311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5312 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
5313 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
5314 second byte will cause trouble! */
5315 #endif
5316
5317 --no_mapping;
5318 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5319 if (gui.in_use)
5320 --allow_keys;
5321 #endif
5322 if (nc)
5323 vungetc(nc);
5324 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
5325 return cc;
5326 }
5327
5328 /*
5329 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
5330 */
5331 static void
5332 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
5333 int c;
5334 int allow_modmask;
5335 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
5336 {
5337 char_u *p;
5338 int len;
5339
5340 /*
5341 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
5342 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
5343 * mode.
5344 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
5345 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
5346 */
5347 #ifdef MACOS
5348 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
5349 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
5350 allow_modmask = TRUE;
5351 #endif
5352 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
5353 {
5354 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
5355 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5356 c = p[len - 1];
5357 if (len > 2)
5358 {
5359 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
5360 return;
5361 p[len - 1] = NUL;
5362 ins_str(p);
5363 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
5364 ctrlv = FALSE;
5365 }
5366 }
5367 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
5368 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
5369 }
5370
5371 /*
5372 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
5373 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
5374 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
5375 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
5376 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
5377 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
5378 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
5379 */
5380 #ifdef EBCDIC
5381 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5382 #else
5383 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5384 #endif
5385
5386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5387 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
5388 #else
5389 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
5390 #endif
5391
5392 void
5393 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
5394 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
5395 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
5396 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
5397 {
5398 int textwidth;
5399 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5400 char_u *p;
5401 #endif
5402 int fo_ins_blank;
5403
5404 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
5405 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
5406
5407 /*
5408 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
5409 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
5410 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
5411 * ends in white space.
5412 * - Otherwise:
5413 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
5414 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
5415 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
5416 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
5417 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
5418 * before the insert.
5419 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
5420 * before 'textwidth'
5421 */
5422 if (textwidth > 0
5423 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5424 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
5425 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
5426 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5427 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5428 #endif
5429 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
5430 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
5431 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
5432 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
5433 && (!fo_ins_blank
5434 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
5435 ))))))
5436 {
5437 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
5438 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
5439 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
5440 int do_internal = TRUE;
5441
5442 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL)
5443 {
5444 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
5445 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
5446 * was called. */
5447 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
5448 }
5449 if (do_internal)
5450 #endif
5451 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
5452 }
5453
5454 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
5455 return;
5456
5457 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5458 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
5459 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
5460 {
5461 char_u *line;
5462 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
5463 int middle_len, end_len;
5464 int i;
5465
5466 /*
5467 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
5468 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
5469 */
5470 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
5471 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
5472 {
5473 /* Skip middle-comment string */
5474 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
5475 ++p;
5476 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
5477 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
5478 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
5479 --middle_len;
5480
5481 /* Find the end-comment string */
5482 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
5483 ++p;
5484 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
5485
5486 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
5487 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5488 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
5489 ;
5490 i++;
5491
5492 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
5493 i -= middle_len;
5494
5495 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
5496 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
5497 {
5498 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
5499 backspace_until_column(i);
5500
5501 /*
5502 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
5503 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
5504 */
5505 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
5506 }
5507 }
5508 }
5509 end_comment_pending = NUL;
5510 #endif
5511
5512 did_ai = FALSE;
5513 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
5514 did_si = FALSE;
5515 can_si = FALSE;
5516 can_si_back = FALSE;
5517 #endif
5518
5519 /*
5520 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
5521 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
5522 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
5523 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
5524 * 'paste' is set)..
5525 */
5526 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5527 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
5528 #endif
5529
5530 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
5531 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5532 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
5533 #endif
5534 && vpeekc() != NUL
5535 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
5536 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5537 && !cindent_on()
5538 #endif
5539 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5540 && !p_ri
5541 #endif
5542 )
5543 {
5544 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
5545 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
5546 int i;
5547 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
5548
5549 buf[0] = c;
5550 i = 1;
5551 if (textwidth > 0)
5552 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
5553 /*
5554 * Stop the string when:
5555 * - no more chars available
5556 * - finding a special character (command key)
5557 * - buffer is full
5558 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
5559 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
5560 */
5561 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
5562 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
5563 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5564 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
5565 #endif
5566 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
5567 && (textwidth == 0
5568 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
5569 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
5570 {
5571 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5572 c = vgetc();
5573 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
5574 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
5575 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
5576 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
5577 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
5578 # endif
5579 buf[i++] = c;
5580 #else
5581 buf[i++] = vgetc();
5582 #endif
5583 }
5584
5585 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
5586 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
5587 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
5588 #endif
5589 buf[i] = NUL;
5590 ins_str(buf);
5591 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
5592 {
5593 redo_literal(*buf);
5594 i = 1;
5595 }
5596 else
5597 i = 0;
5598 if (buf[i] != NUL)
5599 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
5600 }
5601 else
5602 {
5603 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5604 int cc;
5605
5606 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
5607 {
5608 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
5609
5610 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
5611 buf[cc] = NUL;
5612 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
5613 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
5614 }
5615 else
5616 #endif
5617 {
5618 ins_char(c);
5619 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
5620 redo_literal(c);
5621 else
5622 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
5623 }
5624 }
5625 }
5626
5627 /*
5628 * Format text at the current insert position.
5629 */
5630 static void
5631 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
5632 int textwidth;
5633 int second_indent;
5634 int flags;
5635 int format_only;
5636 {
5637 int cc;
5638 int save_char = NUL;
5639 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
5640 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
5641 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5642 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
5643 #endif
5644 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
5645 int first_line = TRUE;
5646 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5647 colnr_T leader_len;
5648 int no_leader = FALSE;
5649 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
5650 #endif
5651
5652 /*
5653 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
5654 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
5655 */
5656 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
5657 {
5658 cc = gchar_cursor();
5659 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
5660 {
5661 save_char = cc;
5662 pchar_cursor('x');
5663 }
5664 }
5665
5666 /*
5667 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
5668 */
5669 while (!got_int)
5670 {
5671 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
5672 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
5673 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
5674 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
5675 colnr_T len;
5676 colnr_T virtcol;
5677 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5678 int orig_col = 0;
5679 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
5680 #endif
5681 colnr_T col;
5682
5683 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
5684 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
5685 break;
5686
5687 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5688 if (no_leader)
5689 do_comments = FALSE;
5690 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5691 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
5692 do_comments = TRUE;
5693
5694 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5695 if (do_comments)
5696 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
5697 else
5698 leader_len = 0;
5699
5700 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
5701 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
5702 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
5703 * to start with %. */
5704 if (leader_len == 0)
5705 no_leader = TRUE;
5706 #endif
5707 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5708 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5709 && leader_len == 0
5710 #endif
5711 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
5712
5713 {
5714 textwidth = 0;
5715 break;
5716 }
5717 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
5718 break;
5719
5720 /* find column of textwidth border */
5721 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
5722 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5723
5724 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
5725 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5726 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
5727 if (has_mbyte)
5728 mb_adjust_cursor();
5729 #endif
5730 foundcol = 0;
5731
5732 /*
5733 * Find position to break at.
5734 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
5735 */
5736 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
5737 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
5738 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
5739 {
5740 cc = gchar_cursor();
5741 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5742 {
5743 /* remember position of blank just before text */
5744 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5745
5746 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
5747 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
5748 {
5749 dec_cursor();
5750 cc = gchar_cursor();
5751 }
5752 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
5753 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
5754 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5755 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5756 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
5757 break;
5758 #endif
5759 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
5760 {
5761 /* do not break after one-letter words */
5762 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5763 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
5764
5765 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5766 dec_cursor();
5767 cc = gchar_cursor();
5768
5769 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5770 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
5771 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5772 }
5773 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5774 if (has_mbyte)
5775 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
5776 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
5777 else
5778 #endif
5779 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
5780 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
5781 break;
5782 }
5783 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5784 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
5785 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
5786 {
5787 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
5788 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5789 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
5790 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
5791 end_foundcol = foundcol;
5792 break;
5793 }
5794 #endif
5795 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5796 break;
5797 dec_cursor();
5798 }
5799
5800 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
5801 {
5802 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
5803 break;
5804 }
5805
5806 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
5807 undisplay_dollar();
5808
5809 /*
5810 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
5811 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
5812 * over the text instead.
5813 */
5814 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5815 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5816 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
5817 else
5818 #endif
5819 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
5820
5821 /*
5822 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
5823 * characters that will remain on top line
5824 */
5825 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
5826 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
5827 inc_cursor();
5828 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
5829 if (startcol < 0)
5830 startcol = 0;
5831
5832 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5833 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5834 {
5835 /*
5836 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
5837 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
5838 */
5839 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
5840 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
5841 if (saved_text == NULL)
5842 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
5843 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
5844
5845 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
5846 if (!fo_white_par)
5847 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
5848 }
5849 else
5850 #endif
5851 {
5852 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
5853 if (!fo_white_par)
5854 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
5855 }
5856
5857 /*
5858 * Split the line just before the margin.
5859 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
5860 */
5861 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
5862 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
5863 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5864 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
5865 #endif
5866 , old_indent);
5867 old_indent = 0;
5868
5869 replace_offset = 0;
5870 if (first_line)
5871 {
5872 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
5873 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
5874 if (second_indent >= 0)
5875 {
5876 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5877 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5878 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
5879 else
5880 #endif
5881 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
5882 }
5883 first_line = FALSE;
5884 }
5885
5886 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5887 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5888 {
5889 /*
5890 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
5891 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
5892 */
5893 ins_bytes(saved_text);
5894 vim_free(saved_text);
5895 }
5896 else
5897 #endif
5898 {
5899 /*
5900 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
5901 * may have added or removed indent.
5902 */
5903 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
5904 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
5905 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
5906 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
5907 }
5908
5909 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
5910 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5911 can_cindent = TRUE;
5912 #endif
5913 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
5914 did_ai = FALSE;
5915 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
5916 did_si = FALSE;
5917 can_si = FALSE;
5918 can_si_back = FALSE;
5919 #endif
5920 line_breakcheck();
5921 }
5922
5923 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
5924 pchar_cursor(save_char);
5925
5926 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
5927 {
5928 update_topline();
5929 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
5930 }
5931 }
5932
5933 /*
5934 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
5935 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
5936 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
5937 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
5938 * saved here.
5939 */
5940 void
5941 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
5942 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
5943 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
5944 {
5945 pos_T pos;
5946 colnr_T len;
5947 char_u *old;
5948 char_u *new, *pnew;
5949 int wasatend;
5950 int cc;
5951
5952 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
5953 return;
5954
5955 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
5956 old = ml_get_curline();
5957
5958 /* may remove added space */
5959 check_auto_format(FALSE);
5960
5961 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
5962 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
5963 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
5964 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
5965 * next they are not joined back together. */
5966 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
5967 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
5968 {
5969 dec_cursor();
5970 cc = gchar_cursor();
5971 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
5972 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
5973 dec_cursor();
5974 cc = gchar_cursor();
5975 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5976 {
5977 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
5978 return;
5979 }
5980 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
5981 }
5982
5983 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5984 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
5985 * comments. */
5986 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
5987 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
5988 return;
5989 #endif
5990
5991 /*
5992 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
5993 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
5994 * the start of a paragraph.
5995 */
5996 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
5997 {
5998 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5999 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
6000 return;
6001 }
6002
6003 /*
6004 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
6005 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
6006 */
6007 saved_cursor = pos;
6008 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
6009 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
6010 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
6011
6012 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6013 {
6014 /* "cannot happen" */
6015 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6016 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
6017 }
6018 else
6019 check_cursor_col();
6020
6021 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
6022 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
6023 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
6024 * formatted. */
6025 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
6026 {
6027 new = ml_get_curline();
6028 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
6029 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
6030 {
6031 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
6032 pnew[len] = ' ';
6033 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
6034 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
6035 /* remove the space later */
6036 did_add_space = TRUE;
6037 }
6038 else
6039 /* may remove added space */
6040 check_auto_format(FALSE);
6041 }
6042
6043 check_cursor();
6044 }
6045
6046 /*
6047 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
6048 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
6049 * position.
6050 */
6051 static void
6052 check_auto_format(end_insert)
6053 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
6054 {
6055 int c = ' ';
6056 int cc;
6057
6058 if (did_add_space)
6059 {
6060 cc = gchar_cursor();
6061 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
6062 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
6063 did_add_space = FALSE;
6064 else
6065 {
6066 if (!end_insert)
6067 {
6068 inc_cursor();
6069 c = gchar_cursor();
6070 dec_cursor();
6071 }
6072 if (c != NUL)
6073 {
6074 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
6075 del_char(FALSE);
6076 did_add_space = FALSE;
6077 }
6078 }
6079 }
6080 }
6081
6082 /*
6083 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
6084 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
6085 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
6086 * if invalid value, use 0.
6087 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
6088 */
6089 int
6090 comp_textwidth(ff)
6091 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
6092 {
6093 int textwidth;
6094
6095 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
6096 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
6097 {
6098 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
6099 * things that add to the margin. */
6100 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
6101 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
6102 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
6103 textwidth -= 1;
6104 #endif
6105 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6106 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
6107 #endif
6108 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6109 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
6110 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
6111 || usingNetbeans
6112 # endif
6113 )
6114 textwidth -= 1;
6115 #endif
6116 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
6117 textwidth -= 8;
6118 }
6119 if (textwidth < 0)
6120 textwidth = 0;
6121 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
6122 {
6123 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
6124 if (textwidth > 79)
6125 textwidth = 79;
6126 }
6127 return textwidth;
6128 }
6129
6130 /*
6131 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
6132 */
6133 static void
6134 redo_literal(c)
6135 int c;
6136 {
6137 char_u buf[10];
6138
6139 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
6140 * three digits. */
6141 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
6142 {
6143 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
6144 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
6145 }
6146 else
6147 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6148 }
6149
6150 /*
6151 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
6152 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
6153 */
6154 static void
6155 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
6156 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */
6157 {
6158 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
6159 {
6160 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
6161 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
6162 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
6163 }
6164 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6165 check_spell_redraw();
6166 #endif
6167 }
6168
6169 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6170 /*
6171 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
6172 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
6173 */
6174 static void
6175 check_spell_redraw()
6176 {
6177 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
6178 {
6179 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
6180
6181 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
6182 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
6183 }
6184 }
6185
6186 /*
6187 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
6188 * spelled word, if there is one.
6189 */
6190 static void
6191 spell_back_to_badword()
6192 {
6193 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6194
6195 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
6196 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
6197 start_arrow(&tpos);
6198 }
6199 #endif
6200
6201 /*
6202 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
6203 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
6204 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
6205 */
6206 int
6207 stop_arrow()
6208 {
6209 if (arrow_used)
6210 {
6211 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6212 {
6213 arrow_used = FALSE;
6214 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6215 }
6216 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
6217 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
6218 ai_col = 0;
6219 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6220 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6221 {
6222 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6223 vr_lines_changed = 1;
6224 }
6225 #endif
6226 ResetRedobuff();
6227 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
6228 new_insert_skip = 2;
6229 }
6230 else if (ins_need_undo)
6231 {
6232 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6233 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6234 }
6235
6236 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6237 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
6238 foldOpenCursor();
6239 #endif
6240
6241 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
6242 }
6243
6244 /*
6245 * Do a few things to stop inserting.
6246 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped
6247 * to another window/buffer.
6248 */
6249 static void
6250 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
6251 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
6252 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
6253 {
6254 int cc;
6255 char_u *ptr;
6256
6257 stop_redo_ins();
6258 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
6259
6260 /*
6261 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
6262 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
6263 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
6264 */
6265 ptr = get_inserted();
6266 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
6267 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
6268 {
6269 vim_free(last_insert);
6270 last_insert = ptr;
6271 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
6272 }
6273 else
6274 vim_free(ptr);
6275
6276 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
6277 {
6278 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
6279 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
6280 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
6281 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
6282 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6283 {
6284 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6285
6286 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
6287 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
6288 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
6289 cc = 'x';
6290 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
6291 {
6292 dec_cursor();
6293 cc = gchar_cursor();
6294 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6295 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6296 }
6297
6298 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
6299
6300 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
6301 {
6302 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
6303 inc_cursor();
6304 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6305 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
6306 * the "coladd". */
6307 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
6308 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
6309 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
6310 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
6311 #endif
6312 }
6313 }
6314
6315 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
6316 check_auto_format(TRUE);
6317
6318 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
6319 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
6320 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
6321 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
6322 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
6323 {
6324 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6325
6326 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
6327 for (;;)
6328 {
6329 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
6330 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6331 cc = gchar_cursor();
6332 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6333 break;
6334 (void)del_char(TRUE);
6335 }
6336 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
6337 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6338 else if (cc != NUL)
6339 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
6340
6341 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6342 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
6343 * deleted characters. */
6344 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
6345 {
6346 cc = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
6347 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
6348 {
6349 VIsual.col = cc;
6350 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6351 VIsual.coladd = 0;
6352 # endif
6353 }
6354 }
6355 #endif
6356 }
6357 }
6358 did_ai = FALSE;
6359 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6360 did_si = FALSE;
6361 can_si = FALSE;
6362 can_si_back = FALSE;
6363 #endif
6364
6365 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
6366 * now in a different buffer. */
6367 if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
6368 {
6369 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
6370 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
6371 }
6372 }
6373
6374 /*
6375 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
6376 * Used for the replace command.
6377 */
6378 void
6379 set_last_insert(c)
6380 int c;
6381 {
6382 char_u *s;
6383
6384 vim_free(last_insert);
6385 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6386 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
6387 #else
6388 last_insert = alloc(6);
6389 #endif
6390 if (last_insert != NULL)
6391 {
6392 s = last_insert;
6393 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
6394 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
6395 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
6396 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
6397 *s++ = ESC;
6398 *s++ = NUL;
6399 last_insert_skip = 0;
6400 }
6401 }
6402
6403 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
6404 void
6405 free_last_insert()
6406 {
6407 vim_free(last_insert);
6408 last_insert = NULL;
6409 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
6410 compl_orig_text = NULL;
6411 }
6412 #endif
6413
6414 /*
6415 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
6416 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
6417 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
6418 */
6419 char_u *
6420 add_char2buf(c, s)
6421 int c;
6422 char_u *s;
6423 {
6424 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6425 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
6426 int i;
6427 int len;
6428
6429 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
6430 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
6431 {
6432 c = temp[i];
6433 #endif
6434 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
6435 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
6436 {
6437 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
6438 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
6439 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
6440 }
6441 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6442 else if (c == CSI)
6443 {
6444 *s++ = CSI;
6445 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
6446 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
6447 }
6448 #endif
6449 else
6450 *s++ = c;
6451 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6452 }
6453 #endif
6454 return s;
6455 }
6456
6457 /*
6458 * move cursor to start of line
6459 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
6460 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
6461 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
6462 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
6463 */
6464 void
6465 beginline(flags)
6466 int flags;
6467 {
6468 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
6469 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6470 else
6471 {
6472 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6473 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6474 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6475 #endif
6476
6477 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
6478 {
6479 char_u *ptr;
6480
6481 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
6482 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
6483 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
6484 }
6485 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6486 }
6487 }
6488
6489 /*
6490 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
6491 *
6492 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
6493 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
6494 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
6495 */
6496
6497 int
6498 oneright()
6499 {
6500 char_u *ptr;
6501 int l;
6502
6503 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6504 if (virtual_active())
6505 {
6506 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6507
6508 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
6509 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6510 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
6511 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6512 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
6513 # else
6514 *ptr
6515 # endif
6516 ))
6517 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
6518 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6519 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
6520 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
6521 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
6522 }
6523 #endif
6524
6525 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6526 if (*ptr == NUL)
6527 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
6528
6529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6530 if (has_mbyte)
6531 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6532 else
6533 #endif
6534 l = 1;
6535
6536 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
6537 * contains "onemore". */
6538 if (ptr[l] == NUL
6539 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6540 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
6541 #endif
6542 )
6543 return FAIL;
6544 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
6545
6546 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6547 return OK;
6548 }
6549
6550 int
6551 oneleft()
6552 {
6553 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6554 if (virtual_active())
6555 {
6556 int width;
6557 int v = getviscol();
6558
6559 if (v == 0)
6560 return FAIL;
6561
6562 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
6563 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
6564 width = 1;
6565 for (;;)
6566 {
6567 coladvance(v - width);
6568 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
6569 * there are no multi-byte characters */
6570 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
6571 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6572 && !has_mbyte
6573 # endif
6574 ) || getviscol() < v)
6575 break;
6576 ++width;
6577 }
6578 # else
6579 coladvance(v - 1);
6580 # endif
6581
6582 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
6583 {
6584 char_u *ptr;
6585
6586 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
6587 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6588 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
6589 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6590 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
6591 # else
6592 *ptr
6593 # endif
6594 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
6595 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6596 }
6597
6598 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6599 return OK;
6600 }
6601 #endif
6602
6603 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6604 return FAIL;
6605
6606 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6607 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6608
6609 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6610 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
6611 * character, move to its first byte */
6612 if (has_mbyte)
6613 mb_adjust_cursor();
6614 #endif
6615 return OK;
6616 }
6617
6618 int
6619 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
6620 long n;
6621 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
6622 {
6623 linenr_T lnum;
6624
6625 if (n > 0)
6626 {
6627 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6628 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
6629 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
6630 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
6631 return FAIL;
6632 if (n >= lnum)
6633 lnum = 1;
6634 else
6635 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6636 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
6637 {
6638 /*
6639 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
6640 */
6641 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
6642 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
6643
6644 while (n--)
6645 {
6646 /* move up one line */
6647 --lnum;
6648 if (lnum <= 1)
6649 break;
6650 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
6651 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
6652 * in a moment. */
6653 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
6654 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
6655 }
6656 if (lnum < 1)
6657 lnum = 1;
6658 }
6659 else
6660 #endif
6661 lnum -= n;
6662 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6663 }
6664
6665 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
6666 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6667
6668 if (upd_topline)
6669 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
6670
6671 return OK;
6672 }
6673
6674 /*
6675 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
6676 */
6677 int
6678 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
6679 long n;
6680 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
6681 {
6682 linenr_T lnum;
6683
6684 if (n > 0)
6685 {
6686 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6687 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6688 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
6689 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
6690 #endif
6691 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
6692 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
6693 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
6694 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
6695 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
6696 return FAIL;
6697 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6698 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6699 else
6700 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6701 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
6702 {
6703 linenr_T last;
6704
6705 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
6706 while (n--)
6707 {
6708 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
6709 lnum = last + 1;
6710 else
6711 ++lnum;
6712 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6713 break;
6714 }
6715 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6716 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6717 }
6718 else
6719 #endif
6720 lnum += n;
6721 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6722 }
6723
6724 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
6725 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6726
6727 if (upd_topline)
6728 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
6729
6730 return OK;
6731 }
6732
6733 /*
6734 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
6735 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
6736 * first have to remove the command.
6737 */
6738 int
6739 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
6740 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
6741 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
6742 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
6743 {
6744 char_u *esc_ptr;
6745 char_u *ptr;
6746 char_u *last_ptr;
6747 char_u last = NUL;
6748
6749 ptr = get_last_insert();
6750 if (ptr == NULL)
6751 {
6752 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
6753 return FAIL;
6754 }
6755
6756 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
6757 if (c != NUL)
6758 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
6759 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
6760 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
6761
6762 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
6763 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
6764 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
6765 */
6766 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
6767 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
6768 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
6769 {
6770 last = *last_ptr;
6771 *last_ptr = NUL;
6772 }
6773
6774 do
6775 {
6776 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
6777 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
6778 if (last)
6779 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
6780 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
6781 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
6782 }
6783 while (--count > 0);
6784
6785 if (last)
6786 *last_ptr = last;
6787
6788 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
6789 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
6790
6791 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
6792 if (!no_esc)
6793 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
6794
6795 return OK;
6796 }
6797
6798 char_u *
6799 get_last_insert()
6800 {
6801 if (last_insert == NULL)
6802 return NULL;
6803 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
6804 }
6805
6806 /*
6807 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
6808 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
6809 */
6810 char_u *
6811 get_last_insert_save()
6812 {
6813 char_u *s;
6814 int len;
6815
6816 if (last_insert == NULL)
6817 return NULL;
6818 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
6819 if (s != NULL)
6820 {
6821 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
6822 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
6823 s[len - 1] = NUL;
6824 }
6825 return s;
6826 }
6827
6828 /*
6829 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
6830 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
6831 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
6832 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
6833 */
6834 static int
6835 echeck_abbr(c)
6836 int c;
6837 {
6838 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
6839 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
6840 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
6841 return FALSE;
6842
6843 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
6844 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
6845 }
6846
6847 /*
6848 * replace-stack functions
6849 *
6850 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
6851 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
6852 *
6853 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
6854 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
6855 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
6856 *
6857 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
6858 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
6859 * that were deleted (always white space).
6860 *
6861 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
6862 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
6863 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
6864 */
6865
6866 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
6867 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
6868 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
6869
6870 void
6871 replace_push(c)
6872 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
6873 {
6874 char_u *p;
6875
6876 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
6877 return;
6878 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
6879 {
6880 replace_stack_len += 50;
6881 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
6882 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
6883 {
6884 replace_stack_len -= 50;
6885 return;
6886 }
6887 if (replace_stack != NULL)
6888 {
6889 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
6890 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
6891 vim_free(replace_stack);
6892 }
6893 replace_stack = p;
6894 }
6895 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
6896 if (replace_offset)
6897 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
6898 *p = c;
6899 ++replace_stack_nr;
6900 }
6901
6902 #if 0
6903 /*
6904 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
6905 */
6906 static void
6907 replace_push_off(c)
6908 int c;
6909 {
6910 char_u *p;
6911
6912 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
6913 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
6914 ++replace_offset)
6915 if (*--p == NUL)
6916 break;
6917 replace_push(c);
6918 replace_offset = 0;
6919 }
6920 #endif
6921
6922 /*
6923 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
6924 * return -1 if stack empty
6925 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
6926 */
6927 static int
6928 replace_pop()
6929 {
6930 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
6931 return -1;
6932 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
6933 }
6934
6935 /*
6936 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
6937 * encountered.
6938 */
6939 static void
6940 replace_join(off)
6941 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
6942 {
6943 int i;
6944
6945 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
6946 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
6947 {
6948 --replace_stack_nr;
6949 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
6950 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
6951 return;
6952 }
6953 }
6954
6955 /*
6956 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
6957 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
6958 */
6959 static void
6960 replace_pop_ins()
6961 {
6962 int cc;
6963 int oldState = State;
6964
6965 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
6966 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
6967 {
6968 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6969 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
6970 #else
6971 ins_char(cc);
6972 #endif
6973 dec_cursor();
6974 }
6975 State = oldState;
6976 }
6977
6978 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6979 /*
6980 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
6981 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
6982 */
6983 static void
6984 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
6985 int cc;
6986 {
6987 int n;
6988 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
6989 int i;
6990 int c;
6991
6992 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
6993 {
6994 buf[0] = cc;
6995 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
6996 buf[i] = replace_pop();
6997 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
6998 }
6999 else
7000 ins_char(cc);
7001
7002 if (enc_utf8)
7003 /* Handle composing chars. */
7004 for (;;)
7005 {
7006 c = replace_pop();
7007 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
7008 break;
7009 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
7010 {
7011 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
7012 replace_push(c);
7013 break;
7014 }
7015 else
7016 {
7017 buf[0] = c;
7018 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7019 buf[i] = replace_pop();
7020 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
7021 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7022 else
7023 {
7024 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
7025 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
7026 replace_push(buf[i]);
7027 break;
7028 }
7029 }
7030 }
7031 }
7032 #endif
7033
7034 /*
7035 * make the replace stack empty
7036 * (called when exiting replace mode)
7037 */
7038 static void
7039 replace_flush()
7040 {
7041 vim_free(replace_stack);
7042 replace_stack = NULL;
7043 replace_stack_len = 0;
7044 replace_stack_nr = 0;
7045 }
7046
7047 /*
7048 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
7049 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
7050 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
7051 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
7052 * and check for more characters to be put back
7053 */
7054 static void
7055 replace_do_bs()
7056 {
7057 int cc;
7058 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7059 int orig_len = 0;
7060 int ins_len;
7061 int orig_vcols = 0;
7062 colnr_T start_vcol;
7063 char_u *p;
7064 int i;
7065 int vcol;
7066 #endif
7067
7068 cc = replace_pop();
7069 if (cc > 0)
7070 {
7071 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7072 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7073 {
7074 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
7075 * going to delete. */
7076 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
7077 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
7078 }
7079 #endif
7080 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7081 if (has_mbyte)
7082 {
7083 del_char(FALSE);
7084 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7085 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7086 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
7087 # endif
7088 replace_push(cc);
7089 }
7090 else
7091 #endif
7092 {
7093 pchar_cursor(cc);
7094 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7095 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7096 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
7097 #endif
7098 }
7099 replace_pop_ins();
7100
7101 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7102 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7103 {
7104 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
7105 p = ml_get_cursor();
7106 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
7107 vcol = start_vcol;
7108 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
7109 {
7110 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
7111 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7112 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
7113 #endif
7114 }
7115 vcol -= start_vcol;
7116
7117 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
7118 * text aligned. */
7119 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
7120 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
7121 {
7122 del_char(FALSE);
7123 ++orig_vcols;
7124 }
7125 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
7126 }
7127 #endif
7128
7129 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
7130 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
7131 }
7132 else if (cc == 0)
7133 (void)del_char(FALSE);
7134 }
7135
7136 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7137 /*
7138 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
7139 */
7140 static int
7141 cindent_on()
7142 {
7143 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
7144 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7145 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
7146 # endif
7147 ));
7148 }
7149 #endif
7150
7151 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
7152 /*
7153 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
7154 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
7155 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
7156 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
7157 */
7158
7159 void
7160 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
7161 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
7162 {
7163 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
7164 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7165 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
7166 }
7167
7168 void
7169 fix_indent()
7170 {
7171 if (p_paste)
7172 return;
7173 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
7174 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
7175 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
7176 # endif
7177 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
7178 else
7179 # endif
7180 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7181 if (cindent_on())
7182 do_c_expr_indent();
7183 # endif
7184 }
7185
7186 #endif
7187
7188 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7189 /*
7190 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
7191 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
7192 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
7193 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
7194 *
7195 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
7196 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
7197 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
7198 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
7199 *
7200 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
7201 */
7202 int
7203 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
7204 int keytyped;
7205 int when;
7206 int line_is_empty;
7207 {
7208 char_u *look;
7209 int try_match;
7210 int try_match_word;
7211 char_u *p;
7212 char_u *line;
7213 int icase;
7214 int i;
7215
7216 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7217 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
7218 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
7219 else
7220 #endif
7221 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
7222 while (*look)
7223 {
7224 /*
7225 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
7226 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
7227 */
7228 switch (when)
7229 {
7230 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
7231 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
7232 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
7233 }
7234 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
7235 ++look;
7236
7237 /*
7238 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
7239 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
7240 */
7241 if (*look == '0')
7242 {
7243 try_match_word = try_match;
7244 if (!line_is_empty)
7245 try_match = FALSE;
7246 ++look;
7247 }
7248 else
7249 try_match_word = FALSE;
7250
7251 /*
7252 * does it look like a control character?
7253 */
7254 if (*look == '^'
7255 #ifdef EBCDIC
7256 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
7257 #else
7258 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
7259 #endif
7260 )
7261 {
7262 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
7263 return TRUE;
7264 look += 2;
7265 }
7266 /*
7267 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
7268 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
7269 */
7270 else if (*look == 'o')
7271 {
7272 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
7273 return TRUE;
7274 ++look;
7275 }
7276 else if (*look == 'O')
7277 {
7278 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
7279 return TRUE;
7280 ++look;
7281 }
7282
7283 /*
7284 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
7285 * cursor.
7286 */
7287 else if (*look == 'e')
7288 {
7289 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
7290 {
7291 p = ml_get_curline();
7292 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
7293 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
7294 return TRUE;
7295 }
7296 ++look;
7297 }
7298
7299 /*
7300 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
7301 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
7302 * class::method for C++).
7303 */
7304 else if (*look == ':')
7305 {
7306 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
7307 {
7308 p = ml_get_curline();
7309 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
7310 return TRUE;
7311 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */
7312 p = ml_get_curline();
7313 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
7314 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
7315 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
7316 {
7317 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
7318 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
7319 || cin_islabel(30));
7320 p = ml_get_curline();
7321 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
7322 if (i)
7323 return TRUE;
7324 }
7325 }
7326 ++look;
7327 }
7328
7329
7330 /*
7331 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
7332 */
7333 else if (*look == '<')
7334 {
7335 if (try_match)
7336 {
7337 /*
7338 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
7339 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
7340 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
7341 */
7342 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
7343 && keytyped == look[1])
7344 return TRUE;
7345
7346 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
7347 return TRUE;
7348 }
7349 while (*look && *look != '>')
7350 look++;
7351 while (*look == '>')
7352 look++;
7353 }
7354
7355 /*
7356 * Is it a word: "=word"?
7357 */
7358 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
7359 {
7360 ++look;
7361 if (*look == '~')
7362 {
7363 icase = TRUE;
7364 ++look;
7365 }
7366 else
7367 icase = FALSE;
7368 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
7369 if (p == NULL)
7370 p = look + STRLEN(look);
7371 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
7372 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
7373 {
7374 int match = FALSE;
7375
7376 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7377 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
7378 {
7379 char_u *s;
7380
7381 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
7382 * search back for the start of a word. */
7383 line = ml_get_curline();
7384 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7385 if (has_mbyte)
7386 {
7387 char_u *n;
7388
7389 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
7390 {
7391 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
7392 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
7393 break;
7394 }
7395 }
7396 else
7397 # endif
7398 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
7399 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
7400 break;
7401 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
7402 && (icase
7403 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
7404 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
7405 match = TRUE;
7406 }
7407 else
7408 #endif
7409 /* TODO: multi-byte */
7410 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
7411 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
7412 {
7413 line = ml_get_cursor();
7414 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
7415 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
7416 && (icase
7417 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
7418 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
7419 == 0)
7420 match = TRUE;
7421 }
7422 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
7423 {
7424 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
7425 * word. */
7426 line = ml_get_curline();
7427 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
7428 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
7429 match = FALSE;
7430 }
7431 if (match)
7432 return TRUE;
7433 }
7434 look = p;
7435 }
7436
7437 /*
7438 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
7439 */
7440 else
7441 {
7442 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
7443 return TRUE;
7444 ++look;
7445 }
7446
7447 /*
7448 * Skip over ", ".
7449 */
7450 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
7451 }
7452 return FALSE;
7453 }
7454 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
7455
7456 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
7457 /*
7458 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
7459 */
7460 int
7461 hkmap(c)
7462 int c;
7463 {
7464 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
7465 {
7466 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
7467 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
7468 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
7469 static char_u map[26] =
7470 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
7471 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
7472 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
7473 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
7474 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
7475 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
7476 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
7477 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
7478 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
7479
7480 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
7481 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
7482 /* '-1'='sofit' */
7483 else if (c == 'x')
7484 return 'X';
7485 else if (c == 'q')
7486 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
7487 else if (c == 246)
7488 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
7489 else if (c == 228)
7490 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
7491 else if (c == 252)
7492 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
7493 #ifdef EBCDIC
7494 else if (islower(c))
7495 #else
7496 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
7497 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
7498 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
7499 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
7500 */
7501 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
7502 #endif
7503 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
7504 else
7505 return c;
7506 }
7507 else
7508 {
7509 switch (c)
7510 {
7511 case '`': return ';';
7512 case '/': return '.';
7513 case '\'': return ',';
7514 case 'q': return '/';
7515 case 'w': return '\'';
7516
7517 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
7518 case ',': c = '{'; break;
7519 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
7520 case ';': c = 't'; break;
7521 default: {
7522 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
7523
7524 #ifdef EBCDIC
7525 /* see note about islower() above */
7526 if (!islower(c))
7527 #else
7528 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
7529 #endif
7530 return c;
7531 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
7532 break;
7533 }
7534 }
7535
7536 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
7537 }
7538 }
7539 #endif
7540
7541 static void
7542 ins_reg()
7543 {
7544 int need_redraw = FALSE;
7545 int regname;
7546 int literally = 0;
7547 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7548 int vis_active = VIsual_active;
7549 #endif
7550
7551 /*
7552 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
7553 */
7554 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
7555 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
7556 {
7557 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
7558 ins_redraw(FALSE);
7559
7560 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
7561 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7562 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
7563 #endif
7564 }
7565
7566 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
7567 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
7568 #endif
7569
7570 /*
7571 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
7572 * deleted when ESC is hit.
7573 */
7574 ++no_mapping;
7575 regname = plain_vgetc();
7576 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
7577 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
7578 #endif
7579 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
7580 {
7581 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
7582 literally = regname;
7583 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7584 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
7585 #endif
7586 regname = plain_vgetc();
7587 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
7588 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
7589 #endif
7590 }
7591 --no_mapping;
7592
7593 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7594 /*
7595 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
7596 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
7597 */
7598 ++no_u_sync;
7599 if (regname == '=')
7600 {
7601 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7602 int im_on = im_get_status();
7603 # endif
7604 regname = get_expr_register();
7605 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7606 /* Restore the Input Method. */
7607 if (im_on)
7608 im_set_active(TRUE);
7609 # endif
7610 }
7611 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
7612 {
7613 vim_beep();
7614 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
7615 }
7616 else
7617 {
7618 #endif
7619 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
7620 {
7621 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
7622 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
7623 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
7624 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
7625
7626 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
7627 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
7628 }
7629 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
7630 {
7631 vim_beep();
7632 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
7633 }
7634 else if (stop_insert_mode)
7635 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
7636 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
7637 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
7638 need_redraw = TRUE;
7639
7640 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7641 }
7642 --no_u_sync;
7643 #endif
7644 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7645 clear_showcmd();
7646 #endif
7647
7648 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
7649 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
7650 edit_unputchar();
7651
7652 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7653 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
7654 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
7655 end_visual_mode();
7656 #endif
7657 }
7658
7659 /*
7660 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
7661 */
7662 static void
7663 ins_ctrl_g()
7664 {
7665 int c;
7666
7667 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7668 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
7669 setcursor();
7670 #endif
7671
7672 /*
7673 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
7674 * deleted when ESC is hit.
7675 */
7676 ++no_mapping;
7677 c = plain_vgetc();
7678 --no_mapping;
7679 switch (c)
7680 {
7681 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
7682 case K_UP:
7683 case Ctrl_K:
7684 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
7685 break;
7686
7687 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
7688 case K_DOWN:
7689 case Ctrl_J:
7690 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
7691 break;
7692
7693 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
7694 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
7695 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
7696
7697 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
7698 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
7699 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
7700 break;
7701
7702 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
7703 default: vim_beep();
7704 }
7705 }
7706
7707 /*
7708 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
7709 */
7710 static void
7711 ins_ctrl_hat()
7712 {
7713 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
7714 {
7715 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
7716 if (State & LANGMAP)
7717 {
7718 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
7719 State &= ~LANGMAP;
7720 }
7721 else
7722 {
7723 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
7724 State |= LANGMAP;
7725 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7726 im_set_active(FALSE);
7727 #endif
7728 }
7729 }
7730 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7731 else
7732 {
7733 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
7734 if (im_get_status())
7735 {
7736 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
7737 im_set_active(FALSE);
7738 }
7739 else
7740 {
7741 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
7742 State &= ~LANGMAP;
7743 im_set_active(TRUE);
7744 }
7745 }
7746 #endif
7747 set_iminsert_global();
7748 showmode();
7749 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7750 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
7751 if (gui.in_use)
7752 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
7753 #endif
7754 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
7755 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
7756 status_redraw_curbuf();
7757 #endif
7758 }
7759
7760 /*
7761 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
7762 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
7763 * insert.
7764 */
7765 static int
7766 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
7767 long *count;
7768 int cmdchar;
7769 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
7770 {
7771 int temp;
7772 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
7773
7774 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
7775 check_spell_redraw();
7776 #endif
7777 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
7778 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
7779 hangul_input_state_set(0);
7780 # endif
7781 if (composing_hangul)
7782 {
7783 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
7784 composing_hangul = 0;
7785 }
7786 #endif
7787
7788 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7789 if (disabled_redraw)
7790 {
7791 --RedrawingDisabled;
7792 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
7793 }
7794 if (!arrow_used)
7795 {
7796 /*
7797 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
7798 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
7799 * when "count" is non-zero.
7800 */
7801 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
7802 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
7803
7804 /*
7805 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
7806 * interrupt now and then.
7807 */
7808 if (*count > 0)
7809 {
7810 line_breakcheck();
7811 if (got_int)
7812 *count = 0;
7813 }
7814
7815 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
7816 {
7817 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
7818 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
7819 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
7820
7821 (void)start_redo_ins();
7822 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
7823 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
7824 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7825 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
7826 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
7827 }
7828 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
7829 undisplay_dollar();
7830 }
7831
7832 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
7833 * indent */
7834 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
7835 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7836
7837 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
7838 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
7839 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
7840
7841 /*
7842 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
7843 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
7844 */
7845 if (!nomove
7846 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
7847 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7848 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
7849 #endif
7850 )
7851 && (restart_edit == NUL
7852 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
7853 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7854 && !VIsual_active
7855 #endif
7856 ))
7857 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7858 && !revins_on
7859 #endif
7860 )
7861 {
7862 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7863 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
7864 {
7865 oneleft();
7866 if (restart_edit != NUL)
7867 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
7868 }
7869 else
7870 #endif
7871 {
7872 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
7873 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7874 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
7875 if (has_mbyte)
7876 mb_adjust_cursor();
7877 #endif
7878 }
7879 }
7880
7881 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7882 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
7883 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
7884 * well). */
7885 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
7886 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
7887 im_set_active(FALSE);
7888 #endif
7889
7890 State = NORMAL;
7891 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
7892 changed_cline_bef_curs();
7893
7894 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
7895 setmouse();
7896 #endif
7897 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
7898 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
7899 #endif
7900
7901 /*
7902 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
7903 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
7904 */
7905 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
7906 showmode();
7907 else if (p_smd)
7908 MSG("");
7909
7910 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
7911 }
7912
7913 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7914 /*
7915 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
7916 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
7917 */
7918 static void
7919 ins_ctrl_()
7920 {
7921 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
7922 {
7923 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
7924 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
7925 }
7926 p_ri = !p_ri;
7927 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
7928 if (revins_on)
7929 {
7930 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7931 revins_legal++;
7932 revins_chars = 0;
7933 undisplay_dollar();
7934 }
7935 else
7936 revins_scol = -1;
7937 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
7938 if (p_altkeymap)
7939 {
7940 /*
7941 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
7942 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
7943 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
7944 */
7945 arrow_used = TRUE;
7946 (void)stop_arrow();
7947 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
7948 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
7949 State = INSERT;
7950 }
7951 else
7952 #endif
7953 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
7954 showmode();
7955 }
7956 #endif
7957
7958 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7959 /*
7960 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
7961 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
7962 */
7963 static int
7964 ins_start_select(c)
7965 int c;
7966 {
7967 if (km_startsel)
7968 switch (c)
7969 {
7970 case K_KHOME:
7971 case K_KEND:
7972 case K_PAGEUP:
7973 case K_KPAGEUP:
7974 case K_PAGEDOWN:
7975 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
7976 # ifdef MACOS
7977 case K_LEFT:
7978 case K_RIGHT:
7979 case K_UP:
7980 case K_DOWN:
7981 case K_END:
7982 case K_HOME:
7983 # endif
7984 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
7985 break;
7986 /* FALLTHROUGH */
7987 case K_S_LEFT:
7988 case K_S_RIGHT:
7989 case K_S_UP:
7990 case K_S_DOWN:
7991 case K_S_END:
7992 case K_S_HOME:
7993 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
7994 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
7995 start_selection();
7996
7997 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
7998 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
7999 if (mod_mask)
8000 {
8001 char_u buf[4];
8002
8003 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
8004 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
8005 buf[2] = mod_mask;
8006 buf[3] = NUL;
8007 stuffReadbuff(buf);
8008 }
8009 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
8010 return TRUE;
8011 }
8012 return FALSE;
8013 }
8014 #endif
8015
8016 /*
8017 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
8018 */
8019 static void
8020 ins_insert(replaceState)
8021 int replaceState;
8022 {
8023 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8024 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8025 {
8026 beep_flush();
8027 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
8028 return;
8029 }
8030 #endif
8031
8032 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
8033 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8034 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
8035 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
8036 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8037 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
8038 # endif
8039 "r"), 1);
8040 # endif
8041 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
8042 #endif
8043 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8044 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
8045 else
8046 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
8047 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
8048 showmode();
8049 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
8050 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
8051 #endif
8052 }
8053
8054 /*
8055 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
8056 */
8057 static void
8058 ins_ctrl_o()
8059 {
8060 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8061 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8062 restart_edit = 'V';
8063 else
8064 #endif
8065 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8066 restart_edit = 'R';
8067 else
8068 restart_edit = 'I';
8069 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8070 if (virtual_active())
8071 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
8072 else
8073 #endif
8074 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
8075 }
8076
8077 /*
8078 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
8079 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
8080 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
8081 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
8082 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
8083 */
8084 static void
8085 ins_shift(c, lastc)
8086 int c;
8087 int lastc;
8088 {
8089 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8090 return;
8091 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8092
8093 /*
8094 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
8095 */
8096 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
8097 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8098 {
8099 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
8100 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
8101 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
8102 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8103 replace_pop_ins();
8104 if (lastc == '^')
8105 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
8106 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
8107 }
8108 else
8109 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
8110
8111 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
8112 did_ai = FALSE;
8113 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8114 did_si = FALSE;
8115 can_si = FALSE;
8116 can_si_back = FALSE;
8117 #endif
8118 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8119 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
8120 #endif
8121 }
8122
8123 static void
8124 ins_del()
8125 {
8126 int temp;
8127
8128 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8129 return;
8130 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
8131 {
8132 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8133 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
8134 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
8135 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
8136 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
8137 vim_beep();
8138 else
8139 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8140 }
8141 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
8142 vim_beep();
8143 did_ai = FALSE;
8144 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8145 did_si = FALSE;
8146 can_si = FALSE;
8147 can_si_back = FALSE;
8148 #endif
8149 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
8150 }
8151
8152 /*
8153 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
8154 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
8155 */
8156 static int
8157 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
8158 int c;
8159 int mode;
8160 int *inserted_space_p;
8161 {
8162 linenr_T lnum;
8163 int cc;
8164 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
8165 colnr_T mincol;
8166 int did_backspace = FALSE;
8167 int in_indent;
8168 int oldState;
8169 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8170 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
8171 #endif
8172
8173 /*
8174 * can't delete anything in an empty file
8175 * can't backup past first character in buffer
8176 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
8177 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
8178 */
8179 if ( bufempty()
8180 || (
8181 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8182 !revins_on &&
8183 #endif
8184 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8185 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
8186 && (arrow_used
8187 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8188 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
8189 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
8190 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
8191 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
8192 {
8193 vim_beep();
8194 return FALSE;
8195 }
8196
8197 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8198 return FALSE;
8199 in_indent = inindent(0);
8200 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8201 if (in_indent)
8202 can_cindent = FALSE;
8203 #endif
8204 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
8205 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
8206 #endif
8207 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8208 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
8209 inc_cursor();
8210 #endif
8211
8212 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8213 /* Virtualedit:
8214 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
8215 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
8216 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
8217 */
8218 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
8219 {
8220 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
8221 {
8222 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
8223 return TRUE;
8224 }
8225 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
8226 {
8227 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8228 return TRUE;
8229 }
8230 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8231 }
8232 #endif
8233
8234 /*
8235 * delete newline!
8236 */
8237 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8238 {
8239 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
8240 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8241 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8242 || revins_on
8243 #endif
8244 )
8245 {
8246 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
8247 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
8248 return FALSE;
8249 --Insstart.lnum;
8250 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
8251 }
8252 /*
8253 * In replace mode:
8254 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
8255 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
8256 */
8257 cc = -1;
8258 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8259 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
8260 /*
8261 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
8262 * cursor.
8263 */
8264 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
8265 {
8266 dec_cursor();
8267 }
8268 else
8269 {
8270 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8271 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8272 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
8273 #endif
8274 {
8275 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
8276 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
8277
8278 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
8279 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
8280 * again when auto-formatting. */
8281 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
8282 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
8283 {
8284 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
8285 TRUE);
8286 int len;
8287
8288 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
8289 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
8290 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
8291 }
8292
8293 (void)do_join(FALSE);
8294 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
8295 inc_cursor();
8296 }
8297 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8298 else
8299 dec_cursor();
8300 #endif
8301
8302 /*
8303 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
8304 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
8305 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
8306 * characters that NL replaced.
8307 */
8308 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8309 {
8310 /*
8311 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
8312 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
8313 * avoiding showmatch().
8314 */
8315 oldState = State;
8316 State = NORMAL;
8317 /*
8318 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
8319 */
8320 while (cc > 0)
8321 {
8322 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8323 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8324 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
8325 #else
8326 ins_char(cc);
8327 #endif
8328 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8329 cc = replace_pop();
8330 }
8331 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
8332 replace_pop_ins();
8333 State = oldState;
8334 }
8335 }
8336 did_ai = FALSE;
8337 }
8338 else
8339 {
8340 /*
8341 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
8342 */
8343 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8344 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
8345 dec_cursor();
8346 #endif
8347 mincol = 0;
8348 /* keep indent */
8349 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
8350 && (curbuf->b_p_ai
8351 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8352 || cindent_on()
8353 #endif
8354 )
8355 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8356 && !revins_on
8357 #endif
8358 )
8359 {
8360 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8361 beginline(BL_WHITE);
8362 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
8363 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8364 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8365 }
8366
8367 /*
8368 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
8369 */
8370 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
8371 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
8372 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
8373 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
8374 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
8375 && (!*inserted_space_p
8376 || arrow_used))))))
8377 {
8378 int ts;
8379 colnr_T vcol;
8380 colnr_T want_vcol;
8381 #if 0
8382 int extra = 0;
8383 #endif
8384
8385 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
8386 if (p_sta && in_indent)
8387 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
8388 else
8389 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
8390 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
8391 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
8392 * the previous character. */
8393 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
8394 dec_cursor();
8395 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
8396 inc_cursor();
8397 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
8398
8399 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
8400 while (vcol > want_vcol
8401 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
8402 {
8403 dec_cursor();
8404 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
8405 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8406 {
8407 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
8408 * Replace mode */
8409 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
8410 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
8411 {
8412 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
8413 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
8414 {
8415 (void)del_char(FALSE);
8416 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
8417 }
8418 else
8419 #endif
8420 replace_do_bs();
8421 }
8422 }
8423 else
8424 (void)del_char(FALSE);
8425 }
8426
8427 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
8428 while (vcol < want_vcol)
8429 {
8430 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
8431 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8432 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
8433 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8434
8435 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8436 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8437 ins_char(' ');
8438 else
8439 #endif
8440 {
8441 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
8442 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* && extra <= 1 */)
8443 {
8444 #if 0
8445 if (extra)
8446 replace_push_off(NUL);
8447 else
8448 #endif
8449 replace_push(NUL);
8450 }
8451 #if 0
8452 if (extra == 2)
8453 extra = 1;
8454 #endif
8455 }
8456 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
8457 }
8458 }
8459
8460 /*
8461 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
8462 */
8463 else do
8464 {
8465 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8466 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
8467 #endif
8468 dec_cursor();
8469
8470 /* start of word? */
8471 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
8472 {
8473 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
8474 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
8475 }
8476 /* end of word? */
8477 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
8478 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
8479 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
8480 {
8481 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8482 if (!revins_on)
8483 #endif
8484 inc_cursor();
8485 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8486 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8487 dec_cursor();
8488 #endif
8489 break;
8490 }
8491 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8492 replace_do_bs();
8493 else
8494 {
8495 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8496 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
8497 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
8498 #endif
8499 (void)del_char(FALSE);
8500 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8501 /*
8502 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
8503 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
8504 * character.
8505 */
8506 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
8507 inc_cursor();
8508 #endif
8509 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8510 if (revins_chars)
8511 {
8512 revins_chars--;
8513 revins_legal++;
8514 }
8515 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
8516 break;
8517 #endif
8518 }
8519 /* Just a single backspace?: */
8520 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
8521 break;
8522 } while (
8523 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8524 revins_on ||
8525 #endif
8526 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
8527 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
8528 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
8529 did_backspace = TRUE;
8530 }
8531 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8532 did_si = FALSE;
8533 can_si = FALSE;
8534 can_si_back = FALSE;
8535 #endif
8536 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
8537 did_ai = FALSE;
8538 /*
8539 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
8540 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
8541 * with.
8542 */
8543 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8544
8545 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
8546 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8547 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
8548 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8549
8550 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
8551 * was there remains visible
8552 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
8553 * was there is erased from the screen.
8554 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
8555 * displayed even when there isn't.
8556 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
8557 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
8558 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
8559
8560 return did_backspace;
8561 }
8562
8563 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
8564 static void
8565 ins_mouse(c)
8566 int c;
8567 {
8568 pos_T tpos;
8569 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
8570
8571 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8572 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
8573 if (!gui.in_use)
8574 # endif
8575 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
8576 return;
8577
8578 undisplay_dollar();
8579 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8580 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
8581 {
8582 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8583 win_T *new_curwin = curwin;
8584
8585 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
8586 {
8587 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the
8588 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
8589 curwin = old_curwin;
8590 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8591 }
8592 #endif
8593 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
8594 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8595 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
8596 {
8597 curwin = new_curwin;
8598 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8599 }
8600 #endif
8601 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8602 can_cindent = TRUE;
8603 # endif
8604 }
8605
8606 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8607 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
8608 redraw_statuslines();
8609 #endif
8610 }
8611
8612 static void
8613 ins_mousescroll(up)
8614 int up;
8615 {
8616 pos_T tpos;
8617 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8618 win_T *old_curwin;
8619 # endif
8620
8621 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8622
8623 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8624 old_curwin = curwin;
8625
8626 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
8627 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
8628 {
8629 int row, col;
8630
8631 row = mouse_row;
8632 col = mouse_col;
8633
8634 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
8635 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
8636 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8637 }
8638 if (curwin == old_curwin)
8639 # endif
8640 undisplay_dollar();
8641
8642 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
8643 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
8644 else
8645 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
8646
8647 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8648 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8649
8650 curwin = old_curwin;
8651 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8652 # endif
8653
8654 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
8655 {
8656 start_arrow(&tpos);
8657 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8658 can_cindent = TRUE;
8659 # endif
8660 }
8661 }
8662 #endif
8663
8664 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
8665 static void
8666 ins_tabline(c)
8667 int c;
8668 {
8669 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
8670 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
8671 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
8672 {
8673 undisplay_dollar();
8674 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8675 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8676 can_cindent = TRUE;
8677 # endif
8678 }
8679
8680 if (c == K_TABLINE)
8681 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
8682 else
8683 {
8684 handle_tabmenu();
8685 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */
8686 }
8687 }
8688 #endif
8689
8690 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
8691 void
8692 ins_scroll()
8693 {
8694 pos_T tpos;
8695
8696 undisplay_dollar();
8697 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8698 if (gui_do_scroll())
8699 {
8700 start_arrow(&tpos);
8701 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8702 can_cindent = TRUE;
8703 # endif
8704 }
8705 }
8706
8707 void
8708 ins_horscroll()
8709 {
8710 pos_T tpos;
8711
8712 undisplay_dollar();
8713 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8714 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
8715 {
8716 start_arrow(&tpos);
8717 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8718 can_cindent = TRUE;
8719 # endif
8720 }
8721 }
8722 #endif
8723
8724 static void
8725 ins_left()
8726 {
8727 pos_T tpos;
8728
8729 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8730 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8731 foldOpenCursor();
8732 #endif
8733 undisplay_dollar();
8734 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8735 if (oneleft() == OK)
8736 {
8737 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
8738 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will
8739 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */
8740 if (!im_is_preediting())
8741 #endif
8742 start_arrow(&tpos);
8743 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8744 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
8745 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
8746 revins_legal++;
8747 revins_chars++;
8748 #endif
8749 }
8750
8751 /*
8752 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
8753 * previous line
8754 */
8755 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
8756 {
8757 start_arrow(&tpos);
8758 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
8759 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
8760 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
8761 }
8762 else
8763 vim_beep();
8764 }
8765
8766 static void
8767 ins_home(c)
8768 int c;
8769 {
8770 pos_T tpos;
8771
8772 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8773 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8774 foldOpenCursor();
8775 #endif
8776 undisplay_dollar();
8777 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8778 if (c == K_C_HOME)
8779 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
8780 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8781 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8782 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8783 #endif
8784 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
8785 start_arrow(&tpos);
8786 }
8787
8788 static void
8789 ins_end(c)
8790 int c;
8791 {
8792 pos_T tpos;
8793
8794 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8795 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8796 foldOpenCursor();
8797 #endif
8798 undisplay_dollar();
8799 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8800 if (c == K_C_END)
8801 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
8802 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
8803 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
8804
8805 start_arrow(&tpos);
8806 }
8807
8808 static void
8809 ins_s_left()
8810 {
8811 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8812 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8813 foldOpenCursor();
8814 #endif
8815 undisplay_dollar();
8816 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8817 {
8818 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8819 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
8820 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8821 }
8822 else
8823 vim_beep();
8824 }
8825
8826 static void
8827 ins_right()
8828 {
8829 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8830 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8831 foldOpenCursor();
8832 #endif
8833 undisplay_dollar();
8834 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
8835 )
8836 {
8837 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8838 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8839 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8840 if (virtual_active())
8841 oneright();
8842 else
8843 #endif
8844 {
8845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8846 if (has_mbyte)
8847 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
8848 else
8849 #endif
8850 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
8851 }
8852
8853 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8854 revins_legal++;
8855 if (revins_chars)
8856 revins_chars--;
8857 #endif
8858 }
8859 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
8860 * cursor to the next line */
8861 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
8862 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
8863 {
8864 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8865 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8866 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
8867 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8868 }
8869 else
8870 vim_beep();
8871 }
8872
8873 static void
8874 ins_s_right()
8875 {
8876 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8877 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8878 foldOpenCursor();
8879 #endif
8880 undisplay_dollar();
8881 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
8882 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
8883 {
8884 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8885 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
8886 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8887 }
8888 else
8889 vim_beep();
8890 }
8891
8892 static void
8893 ins_up(startcol)
8894 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
8895 {
8896 pos_T tpos;
8897 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
8898 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
8899 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
8900 #endif
8901
8902 undisplay_dollar();
8903 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8904 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
8905 {
8906 if (startcol)
8907 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
8908 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
8909 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
8910 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
8911 #endif
8912 )
8913 redraw_later(VALID);
8914 start_arrow(&tpos);
8915 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8916 can_cindent = TRUE;
8917 #endif
8918 }
8919 else
8920 vim_beep();
8921 }
8922
8923 static void
8924 ins_pageup()
8925 {
8926 pos_T tpos;
8927
8928 undisplay_dollar();
8929
8930 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8931 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
8932 {
8933 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
8934 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
8935 {
8936 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8937 goto_tabpage(-1);
8938 }
8939 return;
8940 }
8941 #endif
8942
8943 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8944 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
8945 {
8946 start_arrow(&tpos);
8947 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8948 can_cindent = TRUE;
8949 #endif
8950 }
8951 else
8952 vim_beep();
8953 }
8954
8955 static void
8956 ins_down(startcol)
8957 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
8958 {
8959 pos_T tpos;
8960 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
8961 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
8962 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
8963 #endif
8964
8965 undisplay_dollar();
8966 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8967 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
8968 {
8969 if (startcol)
8970 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
8971 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
8972 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
8973 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
8974 #endif
8975 )
8976 redraw_later(VALID);
8977 start_arrow(&tpos);
8978 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8979 can_cindent = TRUE;
8980 #endif
8981 }
8982 else
8983 vim_beep();
8984 }
8985
8986 static void
8987 ins_pagedown()
8988 {
8989 pos_T tpos;
8990
8991 undisplay_dollar();
8992
8993 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8994 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
8995 {
8996 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
8997 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
8998 {
8999 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9000 goto_tabpage(0);
9001 }
9002 return;
9003 }
9004 #endif
9005
9006 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9007 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
9008 {
9009 start_arrow(&tpos);
9010 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9011 can_cindent = TRUE;
9012 #endif
9013 }
9014 else
9015 vim_beep();
9016 }
9017
9018 #ifdef FEAT_DND
9019 static void
9020 ins_drop()
9021 {
9022 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
9023 }
9024 #endif
9025
9026 /*
9027 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
9028 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
9029 */
9030 static int
9031 ins_tab()
9032 {
9033 int ind;
9034 int i;
9035 int temp;
9036
9037 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
9038 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
9039 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
9040 return FALSE;
9041
9042 ind = inindent(0);
9043 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9044 if (ind)
9045 can_cindent = FALSE;
9046 #endif
9047
9048 /*
9049 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
9050 */
9051 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
9052 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
9053 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
9054 return TRUE;
9055
9056 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9057 return TRUE;
9058
9059 did_ai = FALSE;
9060 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9061 did_si = FALSE;
9062 can_si = FALSE;
9063 can_si_back = FALSE;
9064 #endif
9065 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
9066
9067 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
9068 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
9069 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
9070 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
9071 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
9072 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
9073 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
9074
9075 /*
9076 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
9077 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
9078 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
9079 */
9080 ins_char(' ');
9081 while (--temp > 0)
9082 {
9083 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9084 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9085 ins_char(' ');
9086 else
9087 #endif
9088 {
9089 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
9090 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
9091 replace_push(NUL);
9092 }
9093 }
9094
9095 /*
9096 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
9097 */
9098 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
9099 {
9100 char_u *ptr;
9101 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9102 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
9103 pos_T pos;
9104 #endif
9105 pos_T fpos;
9106 pos_T *cursor;
9107 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
9108 int change_col = -1;
9109 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
9110
9111 /*
9112 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
9113 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
9114 */
9115 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9116 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9117 {
9118 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9119 cursor = &pos;
9120 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
9121 if (saved_line == NULL)
9122 return FALSE;
9123 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
9124 }
9125 else
9126 #endif
9127 {
9128 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
9129 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
9130 }
9131
9132 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
9133 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
9134 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
9135
9136 /* Find first white before the cursor */
9137 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9138 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
9139 {
9140 --fpos.col;
9141 --ptr;
9142 }
9143
9144 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
9145 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9146 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
9147 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9148 {
9149 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
9150 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
9151 }
9152
9153 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
9154 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
9155 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
9156
9157 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
9158 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
9159 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
9160 {
9161 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
9162 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
9163 break;
9164 if (*ptr != TAB)
9165 {
9166 *ptr = TAB;
9167 if (change_col < 0)
9168 {
9169 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
9170 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
9171 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9172 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
9173 }
9174 }
9175 ++fpos.col;
9176 ++ptr;
9177 vcol += i;
9178 }
9179
9180 if (change_col >= 0)
9181 {
9182 int repl_off = 0;
9183
9184 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
9185 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
9186 {
9187 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
9188 ++ptr;
9189 ++repl_off;
9190 }
9191 if (vcol > want_vcol)
9192 {
9193 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
9194 --ptr;
9195 --repl_off;
9196 }
9197 fpos.col += repl_off;
9198
9199 /* Delete following spaces. */
9200 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
9201 if (i > 0)
9202 {
9203 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
9204 /* correct replace stack. */
9205 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9206 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9207 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9208 #endif
9209 )
9210 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
9211 replace_join(repl_off);
9212 }
9213 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
9214 if (usingNetbeans)
9215 {
9216 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
9217 (long)(i + 1));
9218 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
9219 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
9220 }
9221 #endif
9222 cursor->col -= i;
9223
9224 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9225 /*
9226 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
9227 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
9228 * spacing.
9229 */
9230 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9231 {
9232 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
9233 backspace_until_column(change_col);
9234
9235 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
9236 * ptr-cursor */
9237 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
9238 cursor->col - change_col);
9239 }
9240 #endif
9241 }
9242
9243 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9244 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9245 vim_free(saved_line);
9246 #endif
9247 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
9248 }
9249
9250 return FALSE;
9251 }
9252
9253 /*
9254 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
9255 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
9256 */
9257 static int
9258 ins_eol(c)
9259 int c;
9260 {
9261 int i;
9262
9263 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
9264 return FALSE;
9265 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9266 return TRUE;
9267 undisplay_dollar();
9268
9269 /*
9270 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
9271 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
9272 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
9273 */
9274 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9275 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9276 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9277 #endif
9278 )
9279 replace_push(NUL);
9280
9281 /*
9282 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
9283 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
9284 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
9285 * in open_line().
9286 */
9287
9288 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9289 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
9290 * CTRL-O). */
9291 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
9292 coladvance(getviscol());
9293 #endif
9294
9295 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9296 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9297 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
9298 fkmap(NL);
9299 # endif
9300 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
9301 * current line. */
9302 if (revins_on)
9303 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
9304 #endif
9305
9306 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
9307 i = open_line(FORWARD,
9308 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
9309 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
9310 #endif
9311 0, old_indent);
9312 old_indent = 0;
9313 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9314 can_cindent = TRUE;
9315 #endif
9316 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9317 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
9318 foldOpenCursor();
9319 #endif
9320
9321 return (!i);
9322 }
9323
9324 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
9325 /*
9326 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
9327 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
9328 * done.
9329 */
9330 static int
9331 ins_digraph()
9332 {
9333 int c;
9334 int cc;
9335
9336 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
9337 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
9338 {
9339 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
9340 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9341
9342 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
9343 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9344 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
9345 #endif
9346 }
9347
9348 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
9349 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
9350 #endif
9351
9352 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
9353 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
9354 ++no_mapping;
9355 ++allow_keys;
9356 c = plain_vgetc();
9357 --no_mapping;
9358 --allow_keys;
9359 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
9360 {
9361 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9362 clear_showcmd();
9363 #endif
9364 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
9365 return NUL;
9366 }
9367 if (c != ESC)
9368 {
9369 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
9370 {
9371 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
9372 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9373
9374 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
9375 {
9376 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
9377 * an ESC next */
9378 edit_unputchar();
9379 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9380 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
9381 }
9382 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9383 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
9384 #endif
9385 }
9386 ++no_mapping;
9387 ++allow_keys;
9388 cc = plain_vgetc();
9389 --no_mapping;
9390 --allow_keys;
9391 if (cc != ESC)
9392 {
9393 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
9394 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
9395 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9396 clear_showcmd();
9397 #endif
9398 return c;
9399 }
9400 }
9401 edit_unputchar();
9402 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9403 clear_showcmd();
9404 #endif
9405 return NUL;
9406 }
9407 #endif
9408
9409 /*
9410 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
9411 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
9412 */
9413 static int
9414 ins_copychar(lnum)
9415 linenr_T lnum;
9416 {
9417 int c;
9418 int temp;
9419 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
9420
9421 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9422 {
9423 vim_beep();
9424 return NUL;
9425 }
9426
9427 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
9428 temp = 0;
9429 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
9430 prev_ptr = ptr;
9431 validate_virtcol();
9432 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
9433 {
9434 prev_ptr = ptr;
9435 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
9436 }
9437 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
9438 ptr = prev_ptr;
9439
9440 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9441 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
9442 #else
9443 c = *ptr;
9444 #endif
9445 if (c == NUL)
9446 vim_beep();
9447 return c;
9448 }
9449
9450 /*
9451 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
9452 */
9453 static int
9454 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
9455 int tc;
9456 {
9457 int c = tc;
9458
9459 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9460 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
9461 {
9462 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
9463 scrolldown_clamp();
9464 else
9465 scrollup_clamp();
9466 redraw_later(VALID);
9467 }
9468 else
9469 #endif
9470 {
9471 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
9472 if (c != NUL)
9473 {
9474 long tw_save;
9475
9476 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
9477 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
9478 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
9479 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
9480 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
9481 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
9482 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
9483 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
9484 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
9485 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
9486 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9487 revins_chars++;
9488 revins_legal++;
9489 #endif
9490 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
9491 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
9492 }
9493 }
9494 return c;
9495 }
9496
9497 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9498 /*
9499 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
9500 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
9501 */
9502 static void
9503 ins_try_si(c)
9504 int c;
9505 {
9506 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
9507 char_u *ptr;
9508 int i;
9509 int temp;
9510
9511 /*
9512 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
9513 */
9514 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
9515 {
9516 /*
9517 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
9518 */
9519 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
9520 {
9521 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9522 /*
9523 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
9524 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
9525 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
9526 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
9527 * lines -- webb
9528 */
9529 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
9530 i = pos->col;
9531 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
9532 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
9533 ;
9534 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
9535 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
9536 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
9537 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
9538 i = get_indent();
9539 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
9540 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9541 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9542 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
9543 else
9544 #endif
9545 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
9546 }
9547 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
9548 {
9549 /*
9550 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
9551 * more than indent of previous line
9552 */
9553 temp = TRUE;
9554 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9555 {
9556 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9557 i = get_indent();
9558 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9559 {
9560 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
9561
9562 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
9563 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
9564 break;
9565 }
9566 if (get_indent() >= i)
9567 temp = FALSE;
9568 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
9569 }
9570 if (temp)
9571 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
9572 }
9573 }
9574
9575 /*
9576 * set indent of '#' always to 0
9577 */
9578 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
9579 {
9580 /* remember current indent for next line */
9581 old_indent = get_indent();
9582 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
9583 }
9584
9585 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
9586 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
9587 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9588 }
9589 #endif
9590
9591 /*
9592 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
9593 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
9594 */
9595 static colnr_T
9596 get_nolist_virtcol()
9597 {
9598 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
9599 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
9600 validate_virtcol();
9601 return curwin->w_virtcol;
9602 }